[Midnightbsd-cvs] src [11740] trunk/share/man/man4: update more pages
laffer1 at midnightbsd.org
laffer1 at midnightbsd.org
Mon Jul 9 19:29:33 EDT 2018
Revision: 11740
http://svnweb.midnightbsd.org/src/?rev=11740
Author: laffer1
Date: 2018-07-09 19:29:32 -0400 (Mon, 09 Jul 2018)
Log Message:
-----------
update more pages
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/share/man/man4/aac.4
trunk/share/man/man4/acpi.4
trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_asus.4
trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_dock.4
trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_fujitsu.4
trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_hp.4
trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_ibm.4
trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_panasonic.4
trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_sony.4
trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_thermal.4
trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_toshiba.4
trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_video.4
trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_wmi.4
trunk/share/man/man4/ada.4
trunk/share/man/man4/adv.4
trunk/share/man/man4/adw.4
trunk/share/man/man4/ae.4
trunk/share/man/man4/aesni.4
trunk/share/man/man4/age.4
trunk/share/man/man4/agp.4
trunk/share/man/man4/aha.4
trunk/share/man/man4/ahb.4
trunk/share/man/man4/ahc.4
trunk/share/man/man4/ahci.4
trunk/share/man/man4/ahd.4
trunk/share/man/man4/aibs.4
trunk/share/man/man4/aio.4
trunk/share/man/man4/alc.4
trunk/share/man/man4/ale.4
trunk/share/man/man4/alpm.4
trunk/share/man/man4/altq.4
trunk/share/man/man4/amdpm.4
trunk/share/man/man4/amdsbwd.4
trunk/share/man/man4/amdsmb.4
trunk/share/man/man4/amdtemp.4
trunk/share/man/man4/amr.4
trunk/share/man/man4/an.4
trunk/share/man/man4/aout.4
trunk/share/man/man4/apic.4
trunk/share/man/man4/arcmsr.4
trunk/share/man/man4/asmc.4
trunk/share/man/man4/asr.4
trunk/share/man/man4/ata.4
trunk/share/man/man4/ath.4
trunk/share/man/man4/ath_ahb.4
trunk/share/man/man4/ath_hal.4
trunk/share/man/man4/ath_pci.4
trunk/share/man/man4/atkbd.4
trunk/share/man/man4/atkbdc.4
trunk/share/man/man4/atp.4
trunk/share/man/man4/atrtc.4
trunk/share/man/man4/attimer.4
trunk/share/man/man4/audit.4
trunk/share/man/man4/auditpipe.4
trunk/share/man/man4/aue.4
trunk/share/man/man4/awi.4
trunk/share/man/man4/axe.4
trunk/share/man/man4/bce.4
trunk/share/man/man4/bfe.4
trunk/share/man/man4/bge.4
trunk/share/man/man4/bktr.4
trunk/share/man/man4/blackhole.4
trunk/share/man/man4/bpf.4
trunk/share/man/man4/bridge.4
trunk/share/man/man4/bt.4
trunk/share/man/man4/bwi.4
trunk/share/man/man4/bwn.4
trunk/share/man/man4/bxe.4
trunk/share/man/man4/capsicum.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cardbus.4
trunk/share/man/man4/carp.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cas.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cc_chd.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cc_cubic.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cc_hd.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cc_htcp.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cc_newreno.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cc_vegas.4
trunk/share/man/man4/ccd.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cd.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cdce.4
trunk/share/man/man4/ch.4
trunk/share/man/man4/ciss.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cm.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cmx.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cnw.4
trunk/share/man/man4/coretemp.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cpuctl.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cpufreq.4
trunk/share/man/man4/crypto.4
trunk/share/man/man4/ctl.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cue.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cxgb.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cxgbe.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cy.4
trunk/share/man/man4/gbde.4
trunk/share/man/man4/gdb.4
trunk/share/man/man4/gem.4
trunk/share/man/man4/geom.4
trunk/share/man/man4/geom_fox.4
trunk/share/man/man4/geom_linux_lvm.4
trunk/share/man/man4/geom_map.4
trunk/share/man/man4/geom_uzip.4
trunk/share/man/man4/gif.4
trunk/share/man/man4/gpib.4
trunk/share/man/man4/gre.4
trunk/share/man/man4/h_ertt.4
trunk/share/man/man4/hatm.4
trunk/share/man/man4/hifn.4
trunk/share/man/man4/hme.4
trunk/share/man/man4/hpet.4
trunk/share/man/man4/hpt27xx.4
trunk/share/man/man4/hptiop.4
trunk/share/man/man4/hptmv.4
trunk/share/man/man4/hptrr.4
trunk/share/man/man4/hwpmc.4
Added Paths:
-----------
trunk/share/man/man4/aacraid.4
trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_asus_wmi.4
trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_rapidstart.4
trunk/share/man/man4/altera_atse.4
trunk/share/man/man4/altera_avgen.4
trunk/share/man/man4/altera_jtag_uart.4
trunk/share/man/man4/altera_sdcard.4
trunk/share/man/man4/axge.4
trunk/share/man/man4/bhyve.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cc_cdg.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cfi.4
trunk/share/man/man4/cxgbev.4
trunk/share/man/man4/geom_uncompress.4
trunk/share/man/man4/gpio.4
trunk/share/man/man4/gpioiic.4
trunk/share/man/man4/gpioled.4
trunk/share/man/man4/hptnr.4
trunk/share/man/man4/hv_kvp.4
trunk/share/man/man4/hv_netvsc.4
trunk/share/man/man4/hv_storvsc.4
trunk/share/man/man4/hv_utils.4
trunk/share/man/man4/hv_vmbus.4
trunk/share/man/man4/hv_vss.4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/aac.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/aac.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/aac.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Scott Long
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/aac.4 195614 2009-07-11 08:10:18Z jkim $
.Dd July 10, 2009
.Dt AAC 4
.Os
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/aacraid.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/aacraid.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/aacraid.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" Copyright (c) 2013 Achim Leubner
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/aacraid.4 251056 2013-05-28 09:33:46Z joel $
+.Dd April 09, 2013
+.Dt AACRAID 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm aacraid
+.Nd Adaptec AACRAID Controller driver
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+To compile this driver into the kernel,
+place the following lines in your
+kernel configuration file:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd device pci
+.Cd device aacraid
+.Pp
+To compile in debugging code:
+.Cd options AACRAID_DEBUG=N
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Alternatively, to load the driver as a
+module at boot time, place the following line in
+.Xr loader.conf 5 :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+aacraid_load="YES"
+.Ed
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+driver provides support for the Adaptec by PMC RAID controllers,
+including Series 6/7/8 and upcoming families.
+.Pp
+The RAID containers are handled via the
+.Nm aacraidp0
+bus.
+The physical buses are represented by the
+.Nm aacraidp?
+devices (beginning with aacraidp1). These devices enable the
+SCSI pass-thru interface and allows devices connected
+to the card such as CD-ROMs to be available via the CAM
+.Xr scsi 4
+subsystem.
+Note that not all cards allow this interface to be enabled.
+.Pp
+The
+.Pa /dev/aacraid?
+device nodes provide access to the management interface of the controller.
+One node exists per installed card.
+If the kernel is compiled with the
+.Dv COMPAT_LINUX
+option, or the
+.Pa aacraid_linux.ko
+and
+.Pa linux.ko
+modules are loaded, the
+Linux-compatible
+.Xr ioctl 2
+interface for the management device will be enabled and will allow
+Linux-based management applications to control the card.
+.Sh HARDWARE
+Controllers supported by the
+.Nm
+driver include:
+.Pp
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
+Adaptec ASR-6405(T|E)
+.It
+Adaptec ASR-6445
+.It
+Adaptec ASR-6805(T|E|Q|TQ)
+.It
+Adaptec ASR-7085
+.It
+Adaptec ASR-7805(Q)
+.It
+Adaptec ASR-70165
+.It
+Adaptec ASR-71605(E|Q)
+.It
+Adaptec ASR-71685
+.It
+Adaptec ASR-72405
+.It
+Adaptec Series 8 cards
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /boot/kernel/aacraid.ko -compact
+.It Pa /dev/aacraid?
+aacraid management interface
+.El
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+Compiling with
+.Dv AACRAID_DEBUG
+set to a number between 0 and 3
+will enable increasingly verbose debug messages.
+.Pp
+The adapter can send status and alert messages asynchronously
+to the driver.
+These messages are printed on the system console,
+and are also queued for retrieval by a management application.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr kld 4 ,
+.Xr linux 4 ,
+.Xr scsi 4 ,
+.Xr kldload 8
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An Achim Leubner
+.Aq achim at FreeBSD.org
+.An Ed Maste
+.Aq emaste at FreeBSD.org
+.An Scott Long
+.Aq scottl at FreeBSD.org
+.Sh BUGS
+The controller is not actually paused on suspend/resume.
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/aacraid.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/acpi.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/acpi.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/acpi.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Michael Smith
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,9 +24,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/acpi.4 274767 2014-11-21 00:58:58Z mav $
.\"
-.Dd May 4, 2012
+.Dd August 16, 2012
.Dt ACPI 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -236,7 +237,8 @@
.It Va hw.acpi.install_interface , hw.acpi.remove_interface
Install or remove OS interface(s) to control return value of
.Ql _OSI
-query method. When an OS interface is specified in
+query method.
+When an OS interface is specified in
.Va hw.acpi.install_interface ,
.Li _OSI
query for the interface returns it is
@@ -247,7 +249,8 @@
query returns it is
.Em not supported .
Multiple interfaces can be specified in a comma-separated list and
-any leading white spaces will be ignored. For example,
+any leading white spaces will be ignored.
+For example,
.Qq Li FreeBSD, Linux
is a valid list of two interfaces
.Qq Li FreeBSD
@@ -624,13 +627,3 @@
Upgrade your BIOS to the latest version available from the vendor before
deciding it is a problem with
.Nm .
-.Pp
-The
-.Nm
-CPU idle power management drive conflicts with the local APIC (LAPIC)
-timer.
-Disable the local APIC timer with
-.Va hint.apic.0.clock=0
-or do not use the
-.Li C3
-and deeper states if the local APIC timer is enabled.
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_asus.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_asus.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_asus.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2004 Philip Paeps <philip at FreeBSD.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/acpi_asus.4 237981 2012-07-02 08:31:29Z mav $
.\"
.Dd February 8, 2010
.Dt ACPI_ASUS 4
@@ -157,6 +158,7 @@
which is parsed at boot-time.
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr acpi 4 ,
+.Xr acpi_asus_wmi 4 ,
.Xr acpi_video 4 ,
.Xr sysctl.conf 5 ,
.Xr sysctl 8
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_asus_wmi.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_asus_wmi.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_asus_wmi.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 Alexander Motin <mav at FreeBSD.org>
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/acpi_asus_wmi.4 237982 2012-07-02 08:41:22Z mav $
+.\"
+.Dd July 2, 2012
+.Dt ACPI_ASUS_WMI 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm acpi_asus_wmi
+.Nd Asus Laptop WMI Extras
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+To compile this driver into the kernel,
+place the following line in your
+kernel configuration file:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd "device acpi_asus_wmi"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Alternatively, to load the driver as a
+module at boot time, place the following line in
+.Xr loader.conf 5 :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+acpi_asus_wmi_load="YES"
+.Ed
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+driver provides support for the extra WMI-controlled gadgets, such as hotkeys
+and leds, found on Asus laptops.
+It allows one to use the
+.Xr sysctl 8
+interface to manipulate the brightness of the LCD panel and keyboard backlight,
+power on/off different internal components, such as WiFi, Bluetooth, camera,
+cardreader, etc, read some sensors.
+Hotkey events are passed to
+.Xr devd 8
+for easy handling in userspace with the default configuration in
+.Pa /etc/devd/asus.conf .
+Some hotkey events, such as keyboard backlight and touchpad control, are
+handled inside the driver.
+.Sh SYSCTL VARIABLES
+The following sysctls are currently implemented:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Va dev.acpi_asus_wmi.0.handle_keys
+Specifies whether driver should handle some harwdare keys, such as keyboard
+backlight, internally.
+.El
+.Pp
+Number of other variables under the same sysctl branch are model-specific.
+.Pp
+Defaults for these variables can be set in
+.Xr sysctl.conf 5 ,
+which is parsed at boot-time.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr acpi 4 ,
+.Xr acpi_asus 4 ,
+.Xr acpi_video 4 ,
+.Xr sysctl.conf 5 ,
+.Xr devd 8 ,
+.Xr sysctl 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+driver first appeared in
+.Fx 10.0 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An Alexander Motin Aq mav at FreeBSD.org .
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_asus_wmi.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_dock.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_dock.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_dock.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2006 Christian Brueffer
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/acpi_dock.4 162871 2006-09-30 15:14:49Z ru $
.\"
.Dd May 20, 2006
.Dt ACPI_DOCK 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_fujitsu.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_fujitsu.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_fujitsu.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2005 Philip Paeps <philip at FreeBSD.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/acpi_fujitsu.4 203687 2010-02-08 21:01:41Z gavin $
.\"
.Dd February 8, 2010
.Dt ACPI_FUJITSU 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_hp.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_hp.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_hp.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Gmelin
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,9 +23,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/acpi_hp.4 286262 2015-08-03 23:08:40Z delphij $
.\"
-.Dd February 8, 2010
+.Dd June 19, 2015
.Dt ACPI_HP 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -48,7 +49,7 @@
The
.Nm
driver provides support for ACPI-controlled features found on HP laptops
-that use a WMI enabled BIOS (e.g. HP Compaq 8510p and 6510p).
+that use a WMI enabled BIOS (e.g., HP Compaq 8510p and 6510p).
.Pp
The main purpose of this driver is to provide an interface,
accessible via
@@ -58,7 +59,7 @@
through which applications can determine and change the status of
various laptop components and BIOS settings.
.Pp
-.Ss Xr devd 8 Ss Events
+.Ss Xr devd 8 Events
Devd events received by
.Xr devd 8
provide the following information:
@@ -91,7 +92,7 @@
.It Li 0xe1
WWAN on air status changed to 1 (on air)
.El
-.Ss Xr devfs 8 Ss Device
+.Ss Xr devfs 8 Device
You can read /dev/hpcmi to see your current BIOS settings.
The detail level can be adjusted by setting the sysctl
.Va cmi_detail
@@ -197,8 +198,7 @@
.Sh EXAMPLES
The following can be added to
.Xr devd.conf 5
-in order disable the LAN interface when WLAN on air and reenable if it's
-not:
+in order disable the LAN interface when WLAN on air and reenable if it is not:
.Bd -literal -offset indent
notify 0 {
match "system" "ACPI";
@@ -244,7 +244,6 @@
.Bd -literal -offset indent
sysctl dev.acpi_hp.0.cmi_detail=7
.Ed
-.Pp
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr acpi 4 ,
.Xr acpi_wmi 4 ,
@@ -282,7 +281,10 @@
HP Compaq 8510p which featured all supported wireless devices (WWAN/BT/WLAN).
Expect undefined results when operating on different hardware.
.Pp
-Loading the driver is slow. Reading from /dev/hpcmi is even slower.
+Loading the driver is slow.
+Reading from
+.Pa /dev/hpcmi
+is even slower.
.Pp
Additional features like HP specific sensor readings or writing BIOS
settings are not supported.
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_ibm.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_ibm.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_ibm.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2005 Christian Brueffer
.\" Copyright (c) 2005 Markus Brueffer
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,9 +24,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/acpi_ibm.4 286262 2015-08-03 23:08:40Z delphij $
.\"
-.Dd June 24, 2012
+.Dd June 19, 2015
.Dt ACPI_IBM 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -74,7 +75,7 @@
.Va availmask
by default, a value representing all possible keypress events on the specific
ThinkPad model.
-.Ss Xr devd 8 Ss Events
+.Ss Xr devd 8 Events
Hotkey events received by
.Xr devd 8
provide the following information:
@@ -144,7 +145,7 @@
.It Li 0x18
Access IBM Button
.El
-.Ss Xr led 4 Ss Interface
+.Ss Xr led 4 Interface
The
.Nm
driver provides a
@@ -344,7 +345,7 @@
is set to 1.
Events are specified as a whitespace-separated list of event code in
hexadecimal or decimal form.
-Note that the event maybe handled twice (eg. Brightness up/down) if ACPI BIOS
+Note that the event maybe handled twice (e.g., Brightness up/down) if ACPI BIOS
already handled the event.
.El
.Pp
@@ -460,7 +461,6 @@
.Bd -literal -offset indent
dev.acpi_ibm.0.handlerevents=0x04\\ 0x10\\ 0x11
.Ed
-.Pp
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr acpi 4 ,
.Xr led 4 ,
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_panasonic.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_panasonic.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_panasonic.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2004 OGAWA Takaya <t-ogawa at triaez.kaisei.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,9 +24,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/acpi_panasonic.4 286262 2015-08-03 23:08:40Z delphij $
.\"
-.Dd February 25, 2012
+.Dd June 19, 2015
.Dt ACPI_PANASONIC 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -68,7 +69,7 @@
.Ss Hotkeys
There are 9 hotkeys available on the supported hardware:
.Pp
-.Bl -tag -compact -offset indent
+.Bl -tag -width 10n -compact -offset indent
.It Sy Fn+F1
Make LCD backlight darker.
.It Sy Fn+F2
@@ -100,12 +101,12 @@
mixer control and showing battery status,
.Xr devd 8
should take the role as described below.
-.Ss Xr devd 8 Ss Events
+.Ss Xr devd 8 Events
When notified to
.Xr devd 8 ,
the hotkey event provides the following information:
.Pp
-.Bl -tag -compact -offset indent
+.Bl -tag -width 10n -compact -offset indent
.It system
.Qq Li ACPI
.It subsystem
@@ -119,7 +120,7 @@
.El
.Pp
Event codes to be generated are assigned as follows:
-.Bl -tag -offset indent
+.Bl -tag -width 10n -offset indent
.It 0x81-0x86, 0x89
.Sy Fn+F<n>
pressed.
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_rapidstart.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_rapidstart.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_rapidstart.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" Copyright (c) 2013 Takanori Watanabe
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/acpi_rapidstart.4 250390 2013-05-08 21:07:11Z joel $
+.\"
+.Dd May 8, 2013
+.Dt ACPI_RAPIDSTART 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm acpi_rapidstart
+.Nd "Intel rapid start technology ACPI driver"
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+To compile this driver into the kernel,
+place the following line in your
+kernel configuration file:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd "device acpi_rapidstart"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Alternatively, to load the driver as a
+module at boot time, place the following line in
+.Xr loader.conf 5 :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+acpi_rapidstart_load="YES"
+.Ed
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+driver provides support for Intel Rapid Start technology ACPI device interface.
+Note that this is only for the ACPI device interface.
+This has _CID PNP0C02 so it should be loaded at boot time to avoid attaching
+to the acpi_sysresource driver.
+.Sh SYSCTLS
+The following
+.Xr sysctl 8
+nodes are currently implemented:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Va dev.acpi_rapidstart.0.ffs
+Rapid start flag.
+It is a bitwise OR of the following:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width indent-two -compact
+.It Li 1
+Enter Fast Flash Standby in RTC wake.
+.It Li 2
+Enter Fast Flash Standby in Critical Battery Wake enable
+.El
+.It Va dev.acpi_rapidstart.0.ftv
+Fast Flash Standby timer value in minutes.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr acpi 4 ,
+.Xr sysctl 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+driver first appeared in
+.Fx 10.0 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+driver was written by
+.An Takanori Watanabe Aq takawata at FreeBSD.org .
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_rapidstart.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_sony.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_sony.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_sony.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2005 Christian Brueffer
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/acpi_sony.4 203687 2010-02-08 21:01:41Z gavin $
.\"
.Dd February 8, 2010
.Dt ACPI_SONY 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_thermal.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_thermal.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_thermal.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Takanori Watanabe.
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/acpi_thermal.4 167670 2007-03-18 00:57:07Z njl $
.\"
.Dd March 17, 2007
.Dt ACPI_THERMAL 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_toshiba.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_toshiba.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_toshiba.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Philip Paeps <philip at FreeBSD.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/acpi_toshiba.4 203687 2010-02-08 21:01:41Z gavin $
.\"
.Dd February 8, 2010
.Dt ACPI_TOSHIBA 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_video.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_video.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_video.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2004 Mark Santcroos <marks at ripe.net>
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/acpi_video.4 148066 2005-07-15 17:35:26Z hrs $
.\"
.Dd November 8, 2004
.Dt ACPI_VIDEO 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_wmi.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_wmi.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/acpi_wmi.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Gmelin
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/acpi_wmi.4 269498 2014-08-04 03:59:48Z gjb $
.\"
.Dd November 22, 2011
.Dt ACPI_WMI 4
@@ -74,7 +75,7 @@
{8F1F6435-9F42-42C8-BADC-0E9424F20C9A} 0 NO NO NO NO BI
.Ed
.Sh SEE ALSO
-.Xr acpi 4 ,
+.Xr acpi 4
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/ada.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/ada.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/ada.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Alexander Motin <mav at FreeBSD.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -23,9 +24,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/ada.4 286261 2015-08-03 23:04:32Z delphij $
.\"
-.Dd February 8, 2012
+.Dd June 19, 2015
.Dt ADA 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -45,14 +46,14 @@
.Tn ATA
direct access device can be configured.
.Sh COMMAND QUEUING
-Command queueing allows the device to process multiple transactions
+Command queuing allows the device to process multiple transactions
concurrently, often re-ordering them to reduce the number and length of
seeks.
.Tn ATA
-defines two types of queueing:
-.Tn TCQ (Tagged Command Queueing, PATA legacy)
+defines two types of queuing:
+.Tn TCQ (Tagged Command Queuing, PATA legacy)
and
-.Tn NCQ (Native Command Queueing, SATA) .
+.Tn NCQ (Native Command Queuing, SATA) .
The
.Nm
device driver takes full advantage of NCQ, when supported.
@@ -121,17 +122,41 @@
.It Va kern.cam.ada.spindown_shutdown
.Pp
This variable determines whether to spin-down disks when shutting down.
-Set to 1 to enable spin-down, 0 to disable.
+Set to 1 to enable spin-down, 0 to disable.
The default is currently enabled.
+.It Va kern.cam.sort_io_queue
+.It Va kern.cam.ada. Ns Ar X Ns Va .sort_io_queue
+.Pp
+These variables determine whether request queue should be sorted trying
+to optimize head seeks.
+Set to 1 to enable sorting, 0 to disable, -1 to leave it as-is.
+The default is sorting enabled for HDDs and disabled SSDs.
+.It Va kern.cam.ada.read_ahead
+.It Va kern.cam.ada. Ns Ar X Ns Va .read_ahead
.It Va kern.cam.ada.write_cache
.It Va kern.cam.ada. Ns Ar X Ns Va .write_cache
.Pp
-These variables determines whether device write cache should be enabled
-globally or per-device or disabled.
+These variables determine whether device read-ahead and write caches
+should be enabled globally or per-device or disabled.
Set to 1 to enable write cache, 0 to disable, -1 to leave it as-is.
-Values modified in runtime take effect only after device reset.
-The global default is currently enabled.
+Values modified at runtime take effect only after device reset
+.Pq using the reset subcommand of Xr camcontrol 8 .
+Because of that, this setting should be changed in
+.Pa /boot/loader.conf
+instead of
+.Pa /etc/sysctl.conf .
+The global default is currently 1.
The per-device default is to leave it as-is (follow global setting).
+.It Va kern.cam.ada.legacy_aliases
+.Pp
+This variable determines whether
+.Pa /dev/ad Ns Ar Y
+symbolic links are created,
+which tries to mimic old
+.Xr ata 4
+numbering.
+Set to 1 to enable legacy aliases symlinks, 0 to disable.
+The default is currently enabled.
.El
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width ".Pa /dev/ada*" -compact
@@ -142,6 +167,7 @@
.Xr ahci 4 ,
.Xr cam 4 ,
.Xr da 4 ,
+.Xr mvs 4 ,
.Xr siis 4
.Sh HISTORY
The
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/adv.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/adv.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/adv.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1998, 2000
.\" Justin T. Gibbs. All rights reserved.
@@ -21,7 +22,7 @@
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/adv.4 233992 2012-04-07 09:05:30Z joel $
.\"
.Dd August 8, 2004
.Dt ADV 4
@@ -66,26 +67,24 @@
The following tables list the AdvanSys products using these chips,
their bus attachment type, maximum sync rate, and the maximum number of
commands that can be handled by the adapter concurrently.
-.Pp
.Bd -ragged -offset indent
-.Bl -column "ABP510/5150 " "ISA PnP " "Yes " "10MHz " "Commands " Footnotes
Connectivity Products:
-.Pp
-.Em "Adapter Bus Floppy MaxSync Commands Footnotes"
-ABP510/5150 ISA No 10MHz 240 1
-ABP5140 ISA PnP No 10MHz 16 1, 3
-ABP5142 ISA PnP Yes 10MHz 16 4
-ABP[3]902 PCI No 10MHz 16
-ABP3905 PCI No 10MHz 16
-ABP915 PCI No 10MHz 16
-ABP920 PCI No 10MHz 16
-ABP3922 PCI No 10MHz 16
-ABP3925 PCI No 10MHz 16
-ABP930 PCI No 10MHz 16 5
-ABP930U PCI No 20MHz 16
-ABP930UA PCI No 20MHz 16
-ABP960 PCI No 10MHz 16
-ABP960U PCI No 20MHz 16
+.Bl -column "ABP510/5150 " "ISA PnP " "Floppy " "MaxSync " "Commands " "Footnotes "
+.Em "Adapter" Ta Em "Bus" Ta Em "Floppy" Ta Em "MaxSync" Ta Em "Commands" Ta Em "Footnotes"
+.It "ABP510/5150" Ta "ISA" Ta "\&No" Ta "10MHz" Ta "240" Ta "1"
+.It "ABP5140" Ta "ISA PnP" Ta "\&No" Ta "10MHz" Ta "16" Ta "1, 3"
+.It "ABP5142" Ta "ISA PnP" Ta "Yes" Ta "10MHz" Ta "16" Ta "4"
+.It "ABP[3]902" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "10MHz" Ta "16" Ta ""
+.It "ABP3905" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "10MHz" Ta "16" Ta ""
+.It "ABP915" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "10MHz" Ta "16" Ta ""
+.It "ABP920" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "10MHz" Ta "16" Ta ""
+.It "ABP3922" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "10MHz" Ta "16" Ta ""
+.It "ABP3925" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "10MHz" Ta "16" Ta ""
+.It "ABP930" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "10MHz" Ta "16" Ta "5"
+.It "ABP930U" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "20MHz" Ta "16" Ta ""
+.It "ABP930UA" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "20MHz" Ta "16" Ta ""
+.It "ABP960" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "10MHz" Ta "16" Ta ""
+.It "ABP960U" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "20MHz" Ta "16" Ta ""
.El
.Pp
Footnotes:
@@ -104,35 +103,31 @@
This board has been sold by SIIG as the Fast SCSI Pro PCI.
.El
.Ed
-.Pp
.Bd -ragged -offset indent
-.Bl -column "ABP510/5150 " "ISA PnP " "Yes " "10MHz " Commands
Single Channel Products:
-.Pp
-.Em "Adapter Bus Floppy MaxSync Commands"
-ABP542 ISA Yes 10MHz 240
-ABP742 EISA Yes 10MHz 240
-ABP842 VL Yes 10MHz 240
-ABP940 PCI No 10MHz 240
-ABP[3]940UA PCI No 20MHz 240
-ABP940U PCI No 20MHz 240
-ABP3960UA PCI No 20MHz 240
-ABP970 PCI No 10MHz 240
-ABP970U PCI No 20MHz 240
+.Bl -column "ABPX3X940UA " "EISA " "Floppy " "MaxSync " "Commands"
+.Em "Adapter" Ta Em "Bus" Ta Em "Floppy" Ta Em "MaxSync" Ta Em "Commands"
+.It "ABP542" Ta "ISA" Ta "Yes" Ta "10MHz" Ta "240"
+.It "ABP742" Ta "EISA" Ta "Yes" Ta "10MHz" Ta "240"
+.It "ABP842" Ta "VL" Ta "Yes" Ta "10MHz" Ta "240"
+.It "ABP940" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "10MHz" Ta "240"
+.It "ABP[3]940UA" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "20MHz" Ta "240"
+.It "ABP940U" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "20MHz" Ta "240"
+.It "ABP3960UA" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "20MHz" Ta "240"
+.It "ABP970" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "10MHz" Ta "240"
+.It "ABP970U" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "20MHz" Ta "240"
.El
.Ed
-.Pp
.Bd -ragged -offset indent
-.Bl -column "ABP510/5150 " "ISA PnP " "Yes " "10MHz " "Commands " "Channels "
Multi Channel Products (Commands are per-channel):
-.Pp
-.Em "Adapter Bus Floppy MaxSync Commands Channels"
-ABP752 EISA Yes 10MHz 240 2
-ABP852 VL Yes 10MHz 240 2
-ABP950 PCI No 10MHz 240 2
-ABP980 PCI No 10MHz 240 4
-ABP980U PCI No 20MHz 240 4
-ABP[3]980UA PCI No 20MHz 16 4
+.Bl -column "ABPX3X980UA " "EISA " "Floppy " "MaxSync " "Commands " "Channels"
+.Em "Adapter" Ta Em "Bus" Ta Em "Floppy" Ta Em "MaxSync" Ta Em "Commands" Ta Em "Channels"
+.It "ABP752" Ta "EISA" Ta "Yes" Ta "10MHz" Ta "240" Ta "2"
+.It "ABP852" Ta "VL" Ta "Yes" Ta "10MHz" Ta "240" Ta "2"
+.It "ABP950" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "10MHz" Ta "240" Ta "2"
+.It "ABP980" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "10MHz" Ta "240" Ta "4"
+.It "ABP980U" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "20MHz" Ta "240" Ta "4"
+.It "ABP[3]980UA" Ta "PCI" Ta "\&No" Ta "20MHz" Ta "16" Ta "4"
.El
.Ed
.Pp
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/adw.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/adw.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/adw.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1998, 2000
.\" Justin T. Gibbs. All rights reserved.
@@ -21,7 +22,7 @@
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/adw.4 162404 2006-09-18 15:24:20Z ru $
.\"
.Dd July 14, 2004
.Dt ADW 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/ae.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/ae.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/ae.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Stanislav Sedov <stas at FreeBSD.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/ae.4 210676 2010-07-31 12:14:28Z joel $
.\"
.Dd October 4, 2008
.Dt AE 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/aesni.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/aesni.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/aesni.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2010 Konstantin Belousov <kib at FreeBSD.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/aesni.4 212388 2010-09-09 21:37:05Z brueffer $
.\"
.Dd September 6, 2010
.Dt AESNI 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/age.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/age.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/age.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Pyun YongHyeon
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/age.4 183137 2008-09-18 05:08:17Z yongari $
.\"
.Dd September 18, 2008
.Dt AGE 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/agp.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/agp.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/agp.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Yar Tikhiy
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/agp.4 231564 2012-02-12 18:29:56Z ed $
.\"
.Dd November 28, 2007
.Dt AGP 4
@@ -80,8 +81,8 @@
.Bd -literal
typedef struct _agp_info {
agp_version version; /* version of the driver */
- u_int32_t bridge_id; /* bridge vendor/device */
- u_int32_t agp_mode; /* mode info of bridge */
+ uint32_t bridge_id; /* bridge vendor/device */
+ uint32_t agp_mode; /* mode info of bridge */
off_t aper_base; /* base of aperture */
size_t aper_size; /* size of aperture */
size_t pg_total; /* max pages (swap + system) */
@@ -105,7 +106,7 @@
takes the following structure:
.Bd -literal
typedef struct _agp_setup {
- u_int32_t agp_mode; /* mode info of bridge */
+ uint32_t agp_mode; /* mode info of bridge */
} agp_setup;
.Ed
.Pp
@@ -120,8 +121,8 @@
typedef struct _agp_allocate {
int key; /* tag of allocation */
size_t pg_count; /* number of pages */
- u_int32_t type; /* 0 == normal, other devspec */
- u_int32_t physical; /* device specific (some devices
+ uint32_t type; /* 0 == normal, other devspec */
+ uint32_t physical; /* device specific (some devices
* need a phys address of the
* actual page behind the gatt
* table) */
@@ -159,7 +160,7 @@
.Bd -literal
typedef struct _agp_unbind {
int key; /* tag of allocation */
- u_int32_t priority; /* priority for paging out */
+ uint32_t priority; /* priority for paging out */
} agp_unbind;
.Ed
.El
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/aha.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/aha.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/aha.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1994 Wilko Bulte
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -24,7 +25,7 @@
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/aha.4 158762 2006-05-20 09:39:28Z brueffer $
.\"
.Dd July 4, 2004
.Dt AHA 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/ahb.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/ahb.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/ahb.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1994 Wilko Bulte
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -24,7 +25,7 @@
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/ahb.4 208027 2010-05-13 12:07:55Z uqs $
.\"
.Dd July 4, 2004
.Dt AHB 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/ahc.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/ahc.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/ahc.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000
.\" Justin T. Gibbs. All rights reserved.
@@ -24,7 +25,7 @@
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/ahc.4 233733 2012-03-31 07:08:35Z joel $
.\"
.Dd July 13, 2008
.Dt AHC 4
@@ -146,23 +147,22 @@
Note that wide and twin channel features, although always supported
by a particular chip, may be disabled in a particular motherboard or card
design.
-.Pp
.Bd -ragged -offset indent
-.Bl -column "aic7770 " "10 " "EISA/VL " "10MHz " "16bit " "SCBs " Features
-.Em "Chip MIPS Bus MaxSync MaxWidth SCBs Features"
-aic7770 10 EISA/VL 10MHz 16Bit 4 1
-aic7850 10 PCI/32 10MHz 8Bit 3
-aic7860 10 PCI/32 20MHz 8Bit 3
-aic7870 10 PCI/32 10MHz 16Bit 16
-aic7880 10 PCI/32 20MHz 16Bit 16
-aic7890 20 PCI/32 40MHz 16Bit 16 3 4 5 6 7 8
-aic7891 20 PCI/64 40MHz 16Bit 16 3 4 5 6 7 8
-aic7892 20 PCI/64 80MHz 16Bit 16 3 4 5 6 7 8
-aic7895 15 PCI/32 20MHz 16Bit 16 2 3 4 5
-aic7895C 15 PCI/32 20MHz 16Bit 16 2 3 4 5 8
-aic7896 20 PCI/32 40MHz 16Bit 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-aic7897 20 PCI/64 40MHz 16Bit 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-aic7899 20 PCI/64 80MHz 16Bit 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+.Bl -column "aic7895CX" "MIPSX" "EISA/VLX" "MaxSyncX" "MaxWidthX" "SCBsX" "2 3 4 5 6 7 8X"
+.It Em "Chip" Ta "MIPS" Ta "Bus" Ta "MaxSync" Ta "MaxWidth" Ta "SCBs" Ta "Features"
+.It "aic7770" Ta "10" Ta "EISA/VL" Ta "10MHz" Ta "16Bit" Ta "4" Ta "1"
+.It "aic7850" Ta "10" Ta "PCI/32" Ta "10MHz" Ta "8Bit" Ta "3" Ta ""
+.It "aic7860" Ta "10" Ta "PCI/32" Ta "20MHz" Ta "8Bit" Ta "3" Ta ""
+.It "aic7870" Ta "10" Ta "PCI/32" Ta "10MHz" Ta "16Bit" Ta "16" Ta ""
+.It "aic7880" Ta "10" Ta "PCI/32" Ta "20MHz" Ta "16Bit" Ta "16" Ta ""
+.It "aic7890" Ta "20" Ta "PCI/32" Ta "40MHz" Ta "16Bit" Ta "16" Ta "3 4 5 6 7 8"
+.It "aic7891" Ta "20" Ta "PCI/64" Ta "40MHz" Ta "16Bit" Ta "16" Ta "3 4 5 6 7 8"
+.It "aic7892" Ta "20" Ta "PCI/64" Ta "80MHz" Ta "16Bit" Ta "16" Ta "3 4 5 6 7 8"
+.It "aic7895" Ta "15" Ta "PCI/32" Ta "20MHz" Ta "16Bit" Ta "16" Ta "2 3 4 5"
+.It "aic7895C" Ta "15" Ta "PCI/32" Ta "20MHz" Ta "16Bit" Ta "16" Ta "2 3 4 5 8"
+.It "aic7896" Ta "20" Ta "PCI/32" Ta "40MHz" Ta "16Bit" Ta "16" Ta "2 3 4 5 6 7 8"
+.It "aic7897" Ta "20" Ta "PCI/64" Ta "40MHz" Ta "16Bit" Ta "16" Ta "2 3 4 5 6 7 8"
+.It "aic7899" Ta "20" Ta "PCI/64" Ta "80MHz" Ta "16Bit" Ta "16" Ta "2 3 4 5 6 7 8"
.El
.Pp
.Bl -enum -compact
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/ahci.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/ahci.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/ahci.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Alexander Motin <mav at FreeBSD.org>
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009-2012 Alexander Motin <mav at FreeBSD.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -22,9 +23,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/ahci.4 287016 2015-08-22 07:32:47Z mav $
.\"
-.Dd June 18, 2012
+.Dd July 25, 2012
.Dt AHCI 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -52,7 +53,8 @@
.Bl -ohang
.It Va hint.ahci. Ns Ar X Ns Va .msi
controls Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI) usage by the specified controller.
-.Bl -tag -compact
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width 4n -offset indent -compact
.It 0
MSI disabled;
.It 1
@@ -72,7 +74,8 @@
allowing some power to be saved at the cost of additional command
latency.
Possible values:
-.Bl -tag -compact
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width 4n -offset indent -compact
.It 0
interface Power Management is disabled (default);
.It 1
@@ -86,6 +89,7 @@
.It 5
driver initiates SLUMBER PM state transition 125ms after port becomes idle.
.El
+.Pp
Some controllers, such as ICH8, do not implement modes 2 and 3 with NCQ used.
Because of artificial entering latency, performance degradation in modes
4 and 5 is much smaller then in modes 2 and 3.
@@ -129,16 +133,12 @@
When supported by hardware, it allows to control per-port activity, locate
and fault LEDs via the
.Xr led 4
-API for localization and status reporting purposes.
+API or emulated
+.Xr ses 4
+device for localization and status reporting purposes.
Supporting AHCI controllers may transmit that information to the backplane
controllers via SGPIO interface. Backplane controllers interpret received
statuses in some way (IBPI standard) to report them using present indicators.
-.Pp
-AHCI hardware is also supported by ataahci driver from
-.Xr ata 4
-subsystem.
-If both drivers are loaded at the same time, this one will be
-given precedence as the more functional of the two.
.Sh HARDWARE
The
.Nm
@@ -150,11 +150,11 @@
such as JMicron JMB36x and Marvell 88SE61xx.
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width /dev/led/ahcich*.locate
-.It Pa /dev/led/ahcich*.act
+.It Pa /dev/led/ahci*.*.act
activity LED device nodes
-.It Pa /dev/led/ahcich*.fault
+.It Pa /dev/led/ahci*.*.fault
fault LED device nodes
-.It Pa /dev/led/ahcich*.locate
+.It Pa /dev/led/ahci*.*.locate
locate LED device nodes
.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
@@ -163,7 +163,8 @@
.Xr cam 4 ,
.Xr cd 4 ,
.Xr da 4 ,
-.Xr sa 4
+.Xr sa 4 ,
+.Xr ses 4
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/ahd.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/ahd.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/ahd.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000
.\" Justin T. Gibbs. All rights reserved.
@@ -26,7 +27,7 @@
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/ahd.4 158762 2006-05-20 09:39:28Z brueffer $
.\"
.Dd July 4, 2004
.Dt AHD 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/aibs.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/aibs.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/aibs.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/aibs.4 233648 2012-03-29 05:02:12Z eadler $
.\" $NetBSD: aibs.4,v 1.2 2010/02/09 05:37:25 cnst Exp $
.\" $OpenBSD: aibs.4,v 1.4 2009/07/30 06:30:45 jmc Exp $
.\"
@@ -90,15 +91,15 @@
dev.aibs.0.fan.1: 0 700 7200
.Pp
> sysctl -d dev.aibs.0.{volt,temp,fan}
-dev.aibs.0.volt:
+dev.aibs.0.volt:
dev.aibs.0.volt.0: Vcore Voltage
dev.aibs.0.volt.1: +3.3 Voltage
dev.aibs.0.volt.2: +5 Voltage
dev.aibs.0.volt.3: +12 Voltage
-dev.aibs.0.temp:
+dev.aibs.0.temp:
dev.aibs.0.temp.0: CPU Temperature
dev.aibs.0.temp.1: MB Temperature
-dev.aibs.0.fan:
+dev.aibs.0.fan:
dev.aibs.0.fan.0: CPU FAN Speed
dev.aibs.0.fan.1: CHASSIS FAN Speed
.Ed
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/aio.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/aio.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/aio.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"-
.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Dag-Erling Coïdan Smørgrav
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -25,9 +26,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/aio.4 321829 2017-07-31 22:36:03Z asomers $
.\"
-.Dd October 24, 2002
+.Dd June 22, 2017
.Dt AIO 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -45,6 +46,70 @@
facility provides system calls for asynchronous I/O.
It is available both as a kernel option for static inclusion and as a
dynamic kernel module.
+.Pp
+Asynchronous I/O control buffers should be zeroed before initializing
+individual fields.
+This ensures all fields are initialized.
+.Pp
+All asynchronous I/O control buffers contain a
+.Vt sigevent
+structure in the
+.Va aio_sigevent
+field which can be used to request notification when an operation completes.
+.Pp
+For
+.Dv SIGEV_KEVENT
+notifications,
+the
+.Va sigevent
+.Ap
+s
+.Va sigev_notify_kqueue
+field should contain the descriptor of the kqueue that the event should be attached
+to, its
+.Va sigev_notify_kevent_flags
+field may contain
+.Dv EV_ONESHOT ,
+.Dv EV_CLEAR , and/or
+.Dv EV_DISPATCH , and its
+.Va sigev_notify
+field should be set to
+.Dv SIGEV_KEVENT .
+The posted kevent will contain:
+.Bl -column ".Va filter"
+.It Sy Member Ta Sy Value
+.It Va ident Ta asynchronous I/O control buffer pointer
+.It Va filter Ta Dv EVFILT_AIO
+.It Va flags Ta Dv EV_EOF
+.It Va udata Ta
+value stored in
+.Va aio_sigevent.sigev_value
+.El
+.Pp
+For
+.Dv SIGEV_SIGNO
+and
+.Dv SIGEV_THREAD_ID
+notifications,
+the information for the queued signal will include
+.Dv SI_ASYNCIO
+in the
+.Va si_code
+field and the value stored in
+.Va sigevent.sigev_value
+in the
+.Va si_value
+field.
+.Pp
+For
+.Dv SIGEV_THREAD
+notifications,
+the value stored in
+.Va aio_sigevent.sigev_value
+is passed to the
+.Va aio_sigevent.sigev_notify_function
+as described in
+.Xr sigevent 3 .
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr aio_cancel 2 ,
.Xr aio_error 2 ,
@@ -54,6 +119,7 @@
.Xr aio_waitcomplete 2 ,
.Xr aio_write 2 ,
.Xr lio_listio 2 ,
+.Xr sigevent 3 ,
.Xr config 8 ,
.Xr kldload 8 ,
.Xr kldunload 8
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/alc.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/alc.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/alc.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Pyun YongHyeon
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,14 +23,14 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/alc.4 314019 2017-02-21 03:27:59Z sephe $
.\"
-.Dd August 9, 2010
+.Dd August 22, 2016
.Dt ALC 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm alc
-.Nd Atheros AR813x/AR815x Gigabit/Fast Ethernet driver
+.Nd Atheros AR813x/AR815x/AR816x/AR817x Gigabit/Fast Ethernet driver
.Sh SYNOPSIS
To compile this driver into the kernel,
place the following lines in your
@@ -48,8 +49,8 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm
-device driver provides support for Atheros AR813x and AR815x PCI
-Express Gigabit/Fast Ethernet controllers.
+device driver provides support for Atheros AR813x, AR815x, AR816x
+and AR817x PCI Express Gigabit/Fast Ethernet controllers.
.Pp
All LOMs supported by the
.Nm
@@ -58,9 +59,9 @@
features, Wake On Lan (WOL) and an interrupt moderation mechanism
as well as a 64-bit multicast hash filter.
.Pp
-The AR813x and AR815x supports Jumbo Frames (up to 9216 and 6144
-bytes, respectively), which can be configured via the interface
-MTU setting.
+The AR813x, AR815x, AR816x and AR817x supports Jumbo Frames (up to
+9216, 6144, 9216 and 9216 bytes, respectively), which can be
+configured via the interface MTU setting.
Selecting an MTU larger than 1500 bytes with the
.Xr ifconfig 8
utility configures the adapter to receive and transmit Jumbo Frames.
@@ -112,6 +113,20 @@
Atheros AR8152 v1.1 PCI Express Fast Ethernet controller
.It
Atheros AR8152 v2.0 PCI Express Fast Ethernet controller
+.It
+Atheros AR8161 PCI Express Gigabit Ethernet controller
+.It
+Atheros AR8162 PCI Express Fast Ethernet controller
+.It
+Atheros AR8171 PCI Express Gigabit Ethernet controller
+.It
+Atheros AR8172 PCI Express Fast Ethernet controller
+.It
+Killer E2200 Gigabit Ethernet controller
+.It
+Killer E2400 Gigabit Ethernet controller
+.It
+Killer E2500 Gigabit Ethernet controller
.El
.Sh LOADER TUNABLES
Tunables can be set at the
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/ale.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/ale.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/ale.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Pyun YongHyeon
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/ale.4 185446 2008-11-29 18:09:50Z brueffer $
.\"
.Dd November 12, 2008
.Dt ALE 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/alpm.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/alpm.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/alpm.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Nicolas Souchu
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/alpm.4 203692 2010-02-08 23:30:28Z gavin $
.\"
.Dd February 13, 1999
.Dt ALPM 4
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/altera_atse.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/altera_atse.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/altera_atse.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\"-
+.\" Copyright (c) 2013-2014 SRI International
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This software was developed by SRI International and the University of
+.\" Cambridge Computer Laboratory under DARPA/AFRL contract (FA8750-10-C-0237)
+.\" ("CTSRD"), as part of the DARPA CRASH research programme.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/altera_atse.4 272327 2014-09-30 20:32:27Z brooks $
+.\"
+.Dd May 21, 2014
+.Dt ALTERA_ATSE 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm atse
+.Nd driver for the Altera Triple-Speed Ethernet MegaCore
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Cd "device atse"
+.Cd "options ATSE_CFI_HACK"
+.Pp
+In
+.Pa /boot/device.hints :
+.Cd hint.atse.0.at="nexus0"
+.Cd hint.atse.0.maddr=0x7f007000
+.Cd hint.atse.0.msize=0x540
+.Cd hint.atse.0.rc_irq=1
+.Cd hint.atse.0.rx_maddr=0x7f007500
+.Cd hint.atse.0.rx_msize=0x8
+.Cd hint.atse.0.rxc_maddr=0x7f007520
+.Cd hint.atse.0.rxc_msize=0x20
+.Cd hint.atse.0.tx_irq=2
+.Cd hint.atse.0.tx_maddr=0x7f007400
+.Cd hint.atse.0.tx_msize=0x8
+.Cd hint.atse.0.txc_maddr=0x7f007420
+.Cd hint.atse.0.txc_msize=0x20
+.Cd hint.e1000phy.0.at="miibus0"
+.Cd hint.e1000phy.0.phyno=0
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+device driver provides support for the Altera Triple-Speed Ethernet
+MegaCore.
+.Sh HARDWARE
+The current version of the
+.Nm
+driver supports the Ethernet MegaCore as described in version 11.1 of
+Altera's documentation when the device is configured with internal FIFOs.
+.Sh MAC SELECTION
+The default MAC address for each
+.Nm
+interface is derived from a value stored in
+.Xr cfi 4
+flash.
+The value is managed by the
+.Xr atsectl 8
+utility.
+.Pp
+Only a single MAC address may be stored in flash.
+If the address begins with the Altera prefix 00:07:ed and ends in 00 then
+up to 16 addresses will be derived from it by adding the unit number of
+the interface to the stored address.
+For other prefixes, the address will be assigned to atse0 and random
+addresses will be used for other interfaces.
+If the stored address is invalid, for example all zero's, multicast, or the
+default address shipped on all DE4 boards (00:07:ed:ff:ed:15) then a random
+address is generated when the device is attached.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr miibus 4 ,
+.Xr netintro 4 ,
+.Xr ifconfig 8
+.Rs
+.%T Triple-Speed Ethernet MegaCore Function User Guide
+.%D November 2011
+.%I Altera Corporation
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+device driver first appeared in
+.Fx 10.0 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+device driver and this manual page were
+developed by SRI International and the University of Cambridge Computer
+Laboratory under DARPA/AFRL contract
+.Pq FA8750-10-C-0237
+.Pq Do CTSRD Dc ,
+as part of the DARPA CRASH research programme.
+This device driver was written by
+.An Bjoern A. Zeeb .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Nm
+driver only supports a single configuration of the MegaCore as installed
+on the Terasic Technologies Altera DE4 Development and Education Board.
+.Pp
+Only gigabit Ethernet speeds are currently supported.
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/altera_atse.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/altera_avgen.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/altera_avgen.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/altera_avgen.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\"-
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 Robert N. M. Watson
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This software was developed by SRI International and the University of
+.\" Cambridge Computer Laboratory under DARPA/AFRL contract (FA8750-10-C-0237)
+.\" ("CTSRD"), as part of the DARPA CRASH research programme.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/altera_avgen.4 256114 2013-10-07 16:49:53Z jmg $
+.\"
+.Dd August 18, 2012
+.Dt ALTERA_AVGEN 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm altera_avgen
+.Nd driver for generic Altera Avalon-bus-attached, memory-mapped devices
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Cd "device altera_avgen"
+.Pp
+In
+.Pa /boot/device.hints :
+.Cd hint.altera_avgen.0.at="nexus0"
+.Cd hint.altera_avgen.0.maddr=0x7f00a000
+.Cd hint.altera_avgen.0.msize=20
+.Cd hint.altera_avgen.0.width=4
+.Cd hint.altera_avgen.0.fileio="rw"
+.Cd hint.altera_avgen.0.devname="berirom"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+device driver provides generic support for memory-mapped devices on the
+Altera Avalon bus.
+.Pa device.hints
+entries configure the address, size, I/O disposition, and
+.Pa /dev
+device node name that will be used.
+The
+.Xr open 2 ,
+.Xr read 2 ,
+.Xr write 2 ,
+and
+.Xr mmap 2
+system calls (and variations) may be used on
+.Nm
+device nodes, subject to constraints imposed using
+.Pa device.hints
+entries.
+Although reading and writing mapped memory is supported,
+.Nm
+does not currently support directing device interrupts to userspace.
+.Pp
+A number of
+.Pa device.hints
+sub-fields are available to configure
+.Nm
+device instances:
+.Bl -tag -width devunit
+.It maddr
+base physical address of the memory region to export; must be aligned to
+.Li width
+.It msize
+length of the memory region export; must be aligned to
+.Li width
+.It width
+Granularity at which
+.Xr read 2
+and
+.Xr write 2
+operations will be performed.
+Larger requests will be broken down into
+.Li width -sized
+operations; smaller requests will be rejected.
+I/O operations must be aligned to
+.Li width .
+.It fileio
+allowed file descriptor operations;
+.Li r
+authorizes
+.Xr read 2 ;
+.Li w
+authorizes
+.Xr write 2 .
+.It mmapio
+allowed
+.Xr mmap 2
+permissions;
+.Li w
+authorizes
+.Dv PROT_WRITE ;
+.Li r
+authorizes
+.Dv PROT_READ ;
+.Li x
+authorizes
+.Dv PROT_EXEC .
+.It devname
+specifies a device name relative to
+.Pa /dev .
+.It devunit
+specifies a device unit number; no unit number is used if this is unspecified.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mmap 2 ,
+.Xr open 2 ,
+.Xr read 2 ,
+.Xr write 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+device driver first appeared in
+.Fx 10.0 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+device driver and this manual page were
+developed by SRI International and the University of Cambridge Computer
+Laboratory under DARPA/AFRL contract
+.Pq FA8750-10-C-0237
+.Pq Do CTSRD Dc ,
+as part of the DARPA CRASH research programme.
+This device driver was written by
+.An Robert N. M. Watson .
+.Sh BUGS
+.Nm
+is intended to support the writing of userspace device drivers; however, it
+does not permit directing interrupts to userspace, only memory-mapped I/O.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+supports only a
+.Li nexus
+bus attachment, which is appropriate for system-on-chip busses such as
+Altera's Avalon bus.
+If the target device is off of another bus type, then additional bus
+attachments will be required.
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/altera_avgen.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/altera_jtag_uart.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/altera_jtag_uart.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/altera_jtag_uart.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\"-
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 Robert N. M. Watson
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This software was developed by SRI International and the University of
+.\" Cambridge Computer Laboratory under DARPA/AFRL contract (FA8750-10-C-0237)
+.\" ("CTSRD"), as part of the DARPA CRASH research programme.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/altera_jtag_uart.4 239676 2012-08-25 11:30:36Z rwatson $
+.\"
+.Dd August 18, 2012
+.Dt ALTERA_JTAG_UART 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm altera_jtag_uart
+.Nd driver for the Altera JTAG UART Core
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Cd "device altera_jtag_uart"
+.Pp
+In
+.Pa /boot/device.hints :
+.Cd hint.altera_jtag_uart.0.at="nexus0"
+.Cd hint.altera_jtag_uart.0.maddr=0x7f000000
+.Cd hint.altera_jtag_uart.0.msize=0x40
+.Cd hint.altera_jtag_uart.0.irq=0
+.Cd hint.altera_jtag_uart.1.at="nexus0"
+.Cd hint.altera_jtag_uart.1.maddr=0x7f001000
+.Cd hint.altera_jtag_uart.1.msize=0x40
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+device driver provides support for the Altera JTAG UART core, which allows
+multiple UART-like streams to be carried over JTAG.
+.Nm
+allows JTAG UART streams to be attached to both the low-level console
+interface, used for direct kernel input and output, and the
+.Xr tty 4
+layer, to be used with
+.Xr ttys 5
+and
+.Xr login 1 .
+Sequential Altera JTAG UART devices will appear as
+.Li ttyu0 ,
+.Li ttyu1 ,
+etc.
+.Sh HARDWARE
+Altera JTAG UART devices can be connected to using Altera's
+.Pa nios2-terminal
+program, with the instance selected using the
+.Li --instance
+argument on the management host.
+.Nm
+supports JTAG UART cores with or without interrupt lines connected; if the
+.Li irq
+portion of the
+.Pa device.hints
+entry is omitted, the driver will poll rather than configure interrupts.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr login 1 ,
+.Xr tty 4 ,
+.Xr ttys 5
+.Rs
+.%T Altera Embedded Peripherals IP User Guide
+.%D June 2011
+.%I Altera Corporation
+.%U http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_embedded_ip.pdf
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+device driver first appeared in
+.Fx 10.0 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+device driver and this manual page were
+developed by SRI International and the University of Cambridge Computer
+Laboratory under DARPA/AFRL contract
+.Pq FA8750-10-C-0237
+.Pq Do CTSRD Dc ,
+as part of the DARPA CRASH research programme.
+This device driver was written by
+.An Robert N. M. Watson .
+.Sh BUGS
+.Nm
+must dynamically poll to detect when JTAG is present, in order to disable flow
+control in the event that there is no receiving endpoint.
+Otherwise, the boot may hang waiting for the JTAG client to be attached, and
+user processes attached to JTAG UART devices might block indefinitely.
+However, there is no way to flush the output buffer once JTAG is detected to
+have disappeared; this means that a small amount of stale output data will
+remain in the output buffer, being displayed by
+.Li nios2-terminal
+when it is connected.
+Loss of JTAG will not generate a hang-up event, as that is rarely the desired
+behaviour.
+.Pp
+.Li nios2-terminal
+does not place the client-side TTY in raw mode, and so by default will not
+pass all control characters through to the UART.
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/altera_jtag_uart.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/altera_sdcard.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/altera_sdcard.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/altera_sdcard.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\"-
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 Robert N. M. Watson
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This software was developed by SRI International and the University of
+.\" Cambridge Computer Laboratory under DARPA/AFRL contract (FA8750-10-C-0237)
+.\" ("CTSRD"), as part of the DARPA CRASH research programme.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/altera_sdcard.4 239675 2012-08-25 11:19:20Z rwatson $
+.\"
+.Dd August 18, 2012
+.Dt ALTERA_SDCARD 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm altera_sdcard
+.Nd driver for the Altera University Program Secure Data Card IP Core
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Cd "device altera_sdcard"
+.Pp
+In
+.Pa /boot/device.hints :
+.Cd hint.altera_sdcardc.0.at="nexus0"
+.Cd hint.altera_sdcardc.0.maddr=0x7f008000
+.Cd hint.altera_sdcardc.0.msize=0x400
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+device driver provides support for the Altera University Program Secure Data
+Card (SD Card) IP Core device.
+A controller device,
+.Li altera_sdcardcX ,
+will be attached during boot.
+Inserted disks are presented as
+.Xr disk 9
+devices,
+.Li altera_sdcardX ,
+corresponding to the controller number.
+.Sh HARDWARE
+The current version of the
+.Nm
+driver supports the SD Card IP core as described in the August 2011 version of
+Altera's documentation.
+The core supports only cards up to 2G (CSD 0); larger cards, or cards using
+newer CSD versions, will not be detected.
+The IP core has two key limitations: a lack of interrupt support, requiring
+timer-driven polling to detect I/O completion, and support for only single
+512-byte block read and write operations at a time.
+The combined effect of those two limits is that the system clock rate,
+.Dv HZ ,
+must be set to at least 200 in order to accomplish the maximum 100KB/s data
+rate supported by the IP core.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr disk 9
+.Rs
+.%T Altera University Program Secure Data Card IP Core
+.%D August 2011
+.%I Altera Corporation - University Program
+.%U ftp://ftp.altera.com/up/pub/Altera_Material/11.0/University_Program_IP_Cores/Memory/SD_Card_Interface_for_SoPC_Builder.pdf
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+device driver first appeared in
+.Fx 10.0 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+device driver and this manual page were
+developed by SRI International and the University of Cambridge Computer
+Laboratory under DARPA/AFRL contract
+.Pq FA8750-10-C-0237
+.Pq Do CTSRD Dc ,
+as part of the DARPA CRASH research programme.
+This device driver was written by
+.An Robert N. M. Watson .
+.Sh BUGS
+.Nm
+contains a number of work-arounds for IP core bugs.
+Perhaps most critically,
+.Nm
+ignores the CRC error bit returned in the RR1 register, which appears to be
+unexpectedly set by the IP core.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+uses fixed polling intervals are used for card insertion/removal and
+I/O completion detection; an adaptive strategy might improve performance by
+reducing the latency to detecting completed I/O.
+However, in our experiments, using polling rates greater than 200 times a
+second did not improve performance.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+supports only a
+.Li nexus
+bus attachment, which is appropriate for system-on-chip busses such as
+Altera's Avalon bus.
+If the IP core is configured off of another bus type, then additional bus
+attachments will be required.
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/altera_sdcard.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/altq.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/altq.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/altq.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2004 Max Laier <mlaier at FreeBSD.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,9 +24,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/altq.4 331512 2018-03-25 01:17:40Z sevan $
.\"
-.Dd December 9, 2011
+.Dd March 20, 2018
.Dt ALTQ 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -35,15 +36,18 @@
.Cd options ALTQ
.Pp
.Cd options ALTQ_CBQ
+.Cd options ALTQ_CODEL
.Cd options ALTQ_RED
.Cd options ALTQ_RIO
.Cd options ALTQ_HFSC
.Cd options ALTQ_CDNR
.Cd options ALTQ_PRIQ
+.Cd options ALTQ_FAIRQ
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm
-framework provides several disciplines for queuing outgoing network packets.
+system is a framework which provides several disciplines for queuing outgoing
+network packets.
This is done by modifications to the interface packet queues.
See
.Xr altq 9
@@ -57,7 +61,7 @@
.Xr pfctl 8
and the
.Xr pf.conf 5
-manpages for a complete description of the
+man pages for a complete description of the
.Nm
capabilities and how to use it.
.Ss Kernel Options
@@ -73,6 +77,10 @@
Build the
.Dq "Class Based Queuing"
discipline.
+.It Dv ALTQ_CODEL
+Build the
+.Dq "Controlled Delay"
+discipline.
.It Dv ALTQ_RED
Build the
.Dq "Random Early Detection"
@@ -93,6 +101,10 @@
Build the
.Dq "Priority Queuing"
discipline.
+.It Dv ALTQ_FAIRQ
+Build the
+.Dq "Fair Queuing"
+discipline.
.It Dv ALTQ_NOPCC
Required if the TSC is unusable.
.It Dv ALTQ_DEBUG
@@ -120,12 +132,12 @@
.Xr alc 4 ,
.Xr ale 4 ,
.Xr an 4 ,
-.Xr ath 4 ,
.Xr aue 4 ,
.Xr axe 4 ,
.Xr bce 4 ,
.Xr bfe 4 ,
.Xr bge 4 ,
+.Xr bxe 4 ,
.Xr cas 4 ,
.Xr cxgbe 4 ,
.Xr dc 4 ,
@@ -139,8 +151,6 @@
.Xr gem 4 ,
.Xr hme 4 ,
.Xr igb 4 ,
-.Xr ipw 4 ,
-.Xr iwi 4 ,
.Xr ixgbe 4 ,
.Xr jme 4 ,
.Xr le 4 ,
@@ -152,10 +162,8 @@
.Xr npe 4 ,
.Xr nve 4 ,
.Xr qlxgb 4 ,
-.Xr ral 4 ,
.Xr re 4 ,
.Xr rl 4 ,
-.Xr rum 4 ,
.Xr sf 4 ,
.Xr sge 4 ,
.Xr sis 4 ,
@@ -165,11 +173,9 @@
.Xr ti 4 ,
.Xr txp 4 ,
.Xr udav 4 ,
-.Xr ural 4 ,
.Xr vge 4 ,
.Xr vr 4 ,
.Xr vte 4 ,
-.Xr wi 4 ,
and
.Xr xl 4 .
.Pp
@@ -191,3 +197,11 @@
.Xr ipfw 8 ,
.Xr pfctl 8 ,
.Xr altq 9
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+system first appeared in March 1997 and found home in the KAME project
+(http://www.kame.net).
+It was imported to
+.Fx
+in 5.3 .
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/amdpm.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/amdpm.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/amdpm.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Murray Stokely
.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Takanori Watanabe
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/amdpm.4 306115 2016-09-21 16:14:02Z avg $
.\"
.Dd December 31, 2005
.Dt AMDPM 4
@@ -51,6 +52,7 @@
monitoring chip of your mainboard.
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr amdsmb 4 ,
+.Xr intpm 4 ,
.Xr smb 4 ,
.Xr smbus 4
.Sh HISTORY
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/amdsbwd.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/amdsbwd.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/amdsbwd.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"-
.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andriy Gapon
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,14 +24,14 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/amdsbwd.4 306119 2016-09-21 16:17:22Z avg $
.\"
-.Dd June 7, 2011
+.Dd September 8, 2016
.Dt AMDSBWD 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm amdsbwd
-.Nd device driver for the AMD SB600/SB7xx/SB8xx watchdog timers
+.Nd device driver for the AMD southbridge watchdog timers
.Sh SYNOPSIS
To compile this driver into the kernel,
place the following line in your
@@ -51,7 +52,22 @@
driver provides
.Xr watchdog 4
support for the watchdog timers present on
-AMD SB600, SB7xx and SB8xx southbridges.
+the supported chipsets.
+.Sh HARDWARE
+The
+.Nm
+driver supports the following chipsets:
+.Pp
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
+AMD SB600/7x0/8x0/9x0 southbridges
+.It
+AMD Axx/Hudson/Bolton FCHs
+.It
+AMD FCHs integrated into Family 15h Models 60h-6Fh, 70h-7Fh Processors
+.It
+AMD FCHs integrated into Family 16h Models 00h-0Fh, 30h-3Fh Processors
+.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr watchdog 4 ,
.Xr watchdog 8 ,
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/amdsmb.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/amdsmb.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/amdsmb.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2005 Christian Brueffer
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/amdsmb.4 306115 2016-09-21 16:14:02Z avg $
.\"
.Dd December 31, 2005
.Dt AMDSMB 4
@@ -31,14 +32,17 @@
.Nm amdsmb
.Nd "AMD-8111 SMBus 2.0 controller driver"
.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Cd "device pci"
.Cd "device smbus"
.Cd "device smb"
-.Cd "device amdsmb
+.Cd "device amdsmb"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm
driver provides access to the AMD-8111 SMBus 2.0 controller.
.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr amdpm 4 ,
+.Xr intpm 4 ,
.Xr smb 4 ,
.Xr smbus 4
.Sh HISTORY
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/amdtemp.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/amdtemp.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/amdtemp.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"-
.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Rui Paulo
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,14 +24,16 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/amdtemp.4 281208 2015-04-07 15:34:34Z brueffer $
.\"
-.Dd April 8, 2008
+.Dd March 27, 2015
.Dt AMDTEMP 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm amdtemp
-.Nd device driver for AMD K8, K10 and K11 on-die digital thermal sensor
+.Nd device driver for
+.Tn AMD
+processor on-die digital thermal sensor
.Sh SYNOPSIS
To compile this driver into the kernel,
place the following line in your
@@ -49,22 +52,39 @@
The
.Nm
driver provides support for the on-die digital thermal sensor present
-in AMD K8, K10 and K11 processors.
+in
+.Tn AMD
+Family 0Fh, 10h, 11h, 12h, 14h, 15h, and 16h processors.
.Pp
-For the K8 family, the
+For Family 0Fh processors, the
.Nm
-driver reports each core's temperature through a sysctl node in the
-corresponding CPU devices's sysctl tree, named
-.Va dev.amdtemp.%d.sensor{0,1}.core{0,1} .
+driver reports each core's temperature through sysctl nodes, named
+.Va dev.amdtemp.%d.core{0,1}.sensor{0,1} .
The driver also creates
.Va dev.cpu.%d.temperature
-displaying the maximum temperature of the two sensors
-located in each CPU core.
+in the corresponding CPU device's sysctl tree, displaying the maximum
+temperature of the two sensors located in each CPU core.
.Pp
-For the K10 and K11 families, the driver creates
+For Family 10h, 11h, 12h, 14h, 15h, and 16h processors, the driver reports each
+package's temperature through a sysctl node, named
+.Va dev.amdtemp.%d.core0.sensor0 .
+The driver also creates
.Va dev.cpu.%d.temperature
-with the temperature of each core.
+in the corresponding CPU device's sysctl tree, displaying the temperature
+of the shared sensor located in each CPU package.
+.Sh SYSCTL VARIABLES
+The following variable is available as both
+.Xr sysctl 8
+variable and
+.Xr loader 8
+tunable:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Va dev.amdtemp.%d.sensor_offset
+.El
+Add the given offset to the temperature of the sensor.
+Default is 0.
.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr loader 8 ,
.Xr sysctl 8
.Sh HISTORY
The
@@ -74,6 +94,19 @@
.Sh AUTHORS
.An Rui Paulo Aq rpaulo at FreeBSD.org
.An Norikatsu Shigemura Aq nork at FreeBSD.org
-.Sh BUGS
-AMD K9 is not supported because temperature reporting has been replaced
-by Maltese.
+.An Jung-uk Kim Aq jkim at FreeBSD.org
+.Sh CAVEATS
+For Family 10h and later processors,
+.Do
+(the reported temperature) is a non-physical temperature measured on
+an arbitrary scale and it does not represent an actual physical
+temperature like die or case temperature.
+Instead, it specifies the processor temperature relative to the point
+at which the system must supply the maximum cooling for the processor's
+specified maximum case temperature and maximum thermal power dissipation
+.Dc
+according to
+.Rs
+.%T BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) for AMD Processors
+.%U http://developer.amd.com/documentation/guides/Pages/default.aspx
+.Re
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/amr.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/amr.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/amr.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Jeroen Ruigrok van der Werven
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -21,7 +22,7 @@
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/amr.4 159735 2006-06-18 14:45:28Z brueffer $
.\"
.Dd March 29, 2006
.Dt AMR 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/an.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/an.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/an.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, 1999
.\" Bill Paul <wpaul at ee.columbia.edu>. All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -28,7 +29,7 @@
.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
.\" THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/an.4 166346 2007-01-30 08:40:04Z brueffer $
.\"
.Dd July 16, 2005
.Dt AN 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/aout.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/aout.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/aout.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2012 Konstantin Belousov <kib at FreeBSD.org>
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -20,7 +21,7 @@
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $FreeBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/aout.4 239306 2012-08-15 18:00:52Z kib $
.\"
.Dd August 14, 2012
.Dt AOUT 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/apic.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/apic.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/apic.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Alexander Motin <mav at FreeBSD.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/apic.4 229657 2012-01-05 21:43:33Z uqs $
.\"
.Dd December 20, 2011
.Dt APIC 4
@@ -61,7 +62,7 @@
I/O APICs contain a redirection table, which is used to route the interrupts
they receive from peripheral buses to one or more local APICs.
.Pp
-Each local APIC includes one 32-bit programable timer.
+Each local APIC includes one 32-bit programmable timer.
This driver uses them to supply kernel with one event timer named "LAPIC".
Event timer provided by the driver supports both one-shot an periodic modes.
Because of local APIC nature it is per-CPU.
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/arcmsr.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/arcmsr.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/arcmsr.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2005 Scott Long
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,9 +23,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/arcmsr.4 326088 2017-11-22 06:36:55Z delphij $
.\"
-.Dd February 27, 2013
+.Dd November 8, 2017
.Dt ARCMSR 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -94,6 +95,8 @@
.It
ARC-1201
.It
+ARC-1203
+.It
ARC-1210
.It
ARC-1212
@@ -102,6 +105,8 @@
.It
ARC-1214
.It
+ARC-1216
+.It
ARC-1220
.It
ARC-1222
@@ -110,6 +115,8 @@
.It
ARC-1224
.It
+ARC-1226
+.It
ARC-1230
.It
ARC-1231
@@ -143,6 +150,10 @@
ARC-1880
.It
ARC-1882
+.It
+ARC-1883
+.It
+ARC-1884
.El
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width ".Pa /dev/arcmsr?" -compact
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/asmc.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/asmc.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/asmc.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"-
.\" Copyright (c) 2007, 2008, 2009 Rui Paulo <rpaulo at FreeBSD.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@
.\" ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/asmc.4 210676 2010-07-31 12:14:28Z joel $
.\"
.Dd July 27, 2009
.Dt ASMC 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/asr.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/asr.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/asr.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2003 David E. O'Brien
.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Adaptec, Inc.
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -4,7 +5,7 @@
.\"
.\" Manpage cleanup by: Jeroen Ruigrok van der Werven <asmodai at FreeBSD.org>
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/asr.4 133042 2004-08-02 23:33:15Z marius $
.\"
.Dd July 14, 2004
.Dt ASR 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/ata.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/ata.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/ata.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Alexander Motin <mav at FreeBSD.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,9 +23,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/ata.4 287016 2015-08-22 07:32:47Z mav $
.\"
-.Dd October 3, 2012
+.Dd March 23, 2015
.Dt ATA 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -36,7 +37,6 @@
.Bd -ragged -offset indent
.Cd "device scbus"
.Cd "device ata"
-.Cd "options ATA_CAM"
.Ed
.Pp
Alternatively, to load the driver as set of modules at boot time,
@@ -51,8 +51,6 @@
ataacard_load="YES"
ataacerlabs_load="YES"
-ataadaptec_load="YES"
-ataahci_load="YES"
ataamd_load="YES"
ataati_load="YES"
atacenatek_load="YES"
@@ -77,22 +75,11 @@
The first line is for the common hardware independent code, and is a
prerequisite for the other modules.
The next three lines are generic bus-specific drivers.
-Of the rest, ataahci is the AHCI driver.
-The others are vendor-specific PCI drivers.
-The
-.Dv ATA_CAM
-option should always remain in the kernel configuration, to make
-the driver work as a
-.Xr CAM 4
-subsystem module.
+The rest are vendor-specific PCI drivers.
.Pp
The following tunables are settable from the
.Xr loader 8 :
.Bl -ohang
-.It Va hw.ahci.force
-set to nonzero value for forcing drivers to attach to some known AHCI-capable
-chips even if they are configured for legacy IDE emulation (the default is 1,
-force the attach).
.It Va hw.ata.ata_dma_check_80pin
set to 0 to disable the 80pin cable check (the default is 1, check the cable).
.It Va hint.atapci.X.msi
@@ -106,18 +93,13 @@
controls SATA interface Power Management for the specified channel,
allowing some power savings at the cost of additional command latency.
Possible values:
-.Bl -tag -compact
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width 4n -offset indent -compact
.It 0
Interface Power Management is disabled.
This is the default value.
.It 1
The device is allowed to initiate a PM state change; the host is passive.
-.It 2
-The host initiates a PARTIAL PM state transition every time a port becomes idle.
-.It 3
-host initiates SLUMBER PM state transition every time port becomes idle.
-.El
-Modes 2 and 3 are only supported for AHCI.
.It Va hint.ata. Ns Ar X Ns Va .dev Ns Ar X Ns Va .sata_rev
limits the initial SATA revision (speed) for the specified device
on the specified channel.
@@ -203,8 +185,7 @@
.It JMicron:
JMB360, JMB361, JMB363, JMB365, JMB366, JMB368.
.It Marvell
-88SX5040, 88SX5041, 88SX5080, 88SX5081, 88SX6041, 88SX6042, 88SX6081, 88SE6101,
-88SE6102, 88SE6111, 88SE6121, 88SE6141, 88SE6145, 88SX7042.
+88SE6101, 88SE6102, 88SE6111, 88SE6121, 88SE6141, 88SE6145.
.It National:
SC1100.
.It NetCell:
@@ -221,7 +202,7 @@
.It ServerWorks:
HT1000, ROSB4, CSB5, CSB6, K2, Frodo4, Frodo8.
.It Silicon Image:
-SiI0680, SiI3112, SiI3114, SiI3124, SiI3132, SiI3512.
+SiI0680, SiI3112, SiI3114, SiI3512.
.It SiS:
SIS180, SIS181, SIS182, SIS5513, SIS530, SIS540, SIS550, SIS620, SIS630,
SIS630S, SIS633, SIS635, SIS730, SIS733, SIS735, SIS745, SIS961, SIS962,
@@ -232,13 +213,10 @@
VT8237A, VT8237S, VT8251, CX700, VX800, VX855, VX900.
.El
.Pp
-Some of above chips are also supported by the more featured
-.Xr ahci 4 ,
-.Xr mvs 4 ,
-and
-.Xr siis 4
-drivers.
-If both drivers are loaded at the same time, those will have precedence.
+Some of above chips can be configured for AHCI mode.
+In such case they are supported by
+.Xr ahci 4
+driver instead.
.Pp
Unknown ATA chipsets are supported in PIO modes, and if the standard
busmaster DMA registers are present and contain valid setup, DMA is
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/ath.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/ath.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/ath.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"-
.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2009 Sam Leffler, Errno Consulting
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -26,7 +27,7 @@
.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
.\" THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/ath.4 235317 2012-05-12 03:25:46Z gjb $
.\"/
.Dd August 28, 2011
.Dt ATH 4
@@ -129,7 +130,7 @@
When multiple interfaces are configured each may have a separate
mac address that is formed by setting the U/L bits in the mac
address assigned to the underlying device.
-Any number of
+Any number of
.Cm wds
virtual interfaces may be configured together with
.Cm hostap
@@ -136,7 +137,7 @@
interfaces.
Multiple
.Cm station
-interfaces may be operated together with
+interfaces may be operated together with
.Cm hostap
interfaces to construct a wireless repeater device.
The driver also support
@@ -191,7 +192,7 @@
.Bd -literal -offset indent
ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode hostap \e
ssid paying-customers wepmode on wepkey 0x1234567890 \e
- mode 11a up
+ mode 11a up
ifconfig wlan1 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode hostap bssid \e
ssid freeloaders up
ifconfig bridge0 create addm wlan0 addm wlan1 addm fxp0 up
@@ -202,7 +203,7 @@
.Bd -literal -offset indent
ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode tdma \e
ssid tdma-test tmdaslot 0 tdmaslotlen 2500 \e
- channel 36 up
+ channel 36 up
.Ed
.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
.Bl -diag
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/ath_ahb.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/ath_ahb.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/ath_ahb.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"-
.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Adrian Chadd, Xenion Pty Ltd
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -26,7 +27,7 @@
.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
.\" THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/ath_ahb.4 222490 2011-05-30 10:07:46Z adrian $
.\"/
.Dd May 30, 2011
.Dt ATH_AHB 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/ath_hal.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/ath_hal.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/ath_hal.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"-
.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2009 Sam Leffler, Errno Consulting
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -26,9 +27,9 @@
.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
.\" THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/ath_hal.4 253552 2013-07-22 19:32:42Z pluknet $
.\"/
-.Dd August 28, 2011
+.Dd July 22, 2013
.Dt ATH_HAL 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -56,11 +57,13 @@
.Cd "device ath_ar9280"
.Cd "device ath_ar9285"
.Cd "device ath_ar9287"
+.Cd "device ath_ar9300"
.Cd "options AH_SUPPORT_AR5416"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The hal provides hardware support for wireless network adapters based on
the Atheros AR5210, AR5211, AR5212, AR5213, AR2413, AR2417, AR2425,
-AR5413, AR5416, AR5418, AR5424, AR9160, AR9220, AR9280, AR9285 and AR9287
+AR5413, AR5416, AR5418, AR5424, AR9160, AR9220, AR9280, AR9285, AR9287,
+AR9380, AR9390, AR9580, AR9590, AR9562 and QCA9565
chips (and companion RF/baseband parts).
This code is part of the
.Xr ath 4
@@ -128,6 +131,7 @@
.It "Sony PCWA-C300S AR5212 Cardbus b/g"
.It "Sony PCWA-C500 AR5210 Cardbus a"
.It "3Com 3CRPAG175 AR5212 CardBus a/b/g"
+.It "TP-LINK TL-WDN4800 AR9380 PCIe a/b/g/n"
.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr ath 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/ath_pci.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/ath_pci.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/ath_pci.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"-
.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Adrian Chadd, Xenion Pty Ltd
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -26,7 +27,7 @@
.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
.\" THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/ath_pci.4 222490 2011-05-30 10:07:46Z adrian $
.\"/
.Dd May 30, 2011
.Dt ATH_PCI 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/atkbd.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/atkbd.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/atkbd.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1999
.\" Kazutaka YOKOTA <yokota at zodiac.mech.utsunomiya-u.ac.jp>
@@ -24,7 +25,7 @@
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/atkbd.4 271095 2014-09-04 13:45:16Z se $
.\"
.Dd January 29, 2008
.Dt ATKBD 4
@@ -51,7 +52,9 @@
which is connected to the AT keyboard controller.
.Pp
This driver is required for the console driver
-.Xr syscons 4 .
+.Xr syscons 4
+or
+.Xr vt 4 .
.Pp
There can be only one
.Nm
@@ -144,7 +147,6 @@
This option will disable this feature and prevent the user from
changing key assignment.
.El
-.Pp
.Ss Driver Flags
The
.Nm
@@ -212,6 +214,7 @@
.Xr atkbdc 4 ,
.Xr psm 4 ,
.Xr syscons 4 ,
+.Xr vt 4 ,
.Xr kbdmap 5 ,
.Xr loader 8
.Sh HISTORY
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/atkbdc.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/atkbdc.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/atkbdc.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1999
.\" Kazutaka YOKOTA <yokota at zodiac.mech.utsunomiya-u.ac.jp>
@@ -24,7 +25,7 @@
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/atkbdc.4 144769 2005-04-07 23:59:38Z sobomax $
.\"
.Dd February 9, 1999
.Dt ATKBDC 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/atp.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/atp.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/atp.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Rohit Grover <rgrover1 at gmail dot com>.
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" Copyright (c) 2014 Rohit Grover <rgrover1 at gmail dot com>.
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -25,9 +26,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/atp.4 263063 2014-03-12 07:15:41Z hselasky $
.\"
-.Dd November 12, 2009
+.Dd February 24, 2014
.Dt ATP 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -41,8 +42,7 @@
.Cd "device usb"
.Ed
.Pp
-Alternatively, to load the driver as a
-module at boot time, place the following line in
+Alternatively, to load the driver as a module at boot time, place the following line in
.Xr loader.conf 5 :
.Bd -literal -offset indent
atp_load="YES"
@@ -50,24 +50,21 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm
-driver provides support for the Apple Internal Trackpad
-device found in many Apple laptops.
+driver provides support for the Apple Internal Trackpad device found in many
+Apple laptops. Older (Fountain/Geyser) and the newer (Wellspring) trackpad
+families are all supported through a unified driver.
.Pp
-The driver simulates a three\-button mouse using multi\-finger tap
-detection.
-.
-A single\-finger tap generates a left button click;
-two\-finger tap maps to the middle button; whereas a three\-finger tap
-gets treated as a right button click.
-.
+The driver simulates a three\-button mouse using multi\-finger tap detection.
+Single finger tap generates a left\-button click; two\-finger tap maps to the
+middle button; whereas a three\-finger tap gets treated as a right button
+click.
+.Pp
+There is support for 2\-finger horizontal scrolling, which translates to
+page\-back/forward events; vertical multi\-finger scrolling emulates the mouse
+wheel.
+.Pp
A double\-tap followed by a drag is treated as a selection gesture; a
virtual left\-button click is assumed for the lifespan of the drag.
-.
-.Nm
-attempts to filter away activity at the horizontal edges of the
-trackpad\-\-this is to keep unintentional palm movement from being
-considered as user input.
-.
.Pp
.Nm
supports dynamic reconfiguration using
@@ -76,7 +73,29 @@
.Nm hw.usb.atp .
Pointer sensitivity can be controlled using the sysctl tunable
.Nm hw.usb.atp.scale_factor .
+Smaller values of
+.Fa scale_factor
+result in faster movement.
.
+A simple high-pass filter is used to reduce contributions
+from small movements; the threshold for this filter may be controlled by
+.Nm hw.usb.atp.small_movement .
+.
+The maximum tolerable duration of a touch gesture is controlled by
+.Nm hw.usb.atp.touch_timeout
+(in microseconds); beyond this period, touches are considered to be slides.
+(This conversion also happens when a finger stroke accumulates at least
+.Nm hw.usb.atp.slide_min_movement
+movement (in mickeys).
+.
+The maximum time (in microseconds) to allow an association between a double-
+tap and drag gesture may be controlled by
+.Nm hw.usb.atp.double_tap_threshold .
+.
+Should one want to disable tap detection and rely only upon physical button
+presses, set the following sysctl to a value of 2
+.Nm hw.usb.atp.tap_minimum .
+.
.Sh HARDWARE
The
.Nm
@@ -84,6 +103,8 @@
.Pp
.Bl -bullet -compact
.It
+PowerBooks, iBooks (IDs: 0x020e, 0x020f, 0x0210, 0x0214, 0x0215, 0x0216)
+.It
Core Duo MacBook & MacBook Pro (IDs: 0x0217, 0x0218, 0x0219)
.It
Core2 Duo MacBook & MacBook Pro (IDs: 0x021a, 0x021b, 0x021c)
@@ -95,10 +116,18 @@
15 inch PowerBook (IDs: 0x020e, 0x020f, 0x0215)
.It
17 inch PowerBook (ID: 0x020d)
+.It
+Almost all recent Macbook-Pros and Airs (IDs: 0x0223, 0x0223, 0x0224, 0x0224,
+0x0225, 0x0225, 0x0230, 0x0230, 0x0231, 0x0231, 0x0232, 0x0232, 0x0236,
+0x0236, 0x0237, 0x0237, 0x0238, 0x0238, 0x023f, 0x023f, 0x0240, 0x0241,
+0x0242, 0x0243, 0x0244, 0x0245, 0x0246, 0x0247, 0x0249, 0x024a, 0x024b,
+0x024c, 0x024d, 0x024e, 0x0252, 0x0252, 0x0253, 0x0253, 0x0254, 0x0254,
+0x0259, 0x025a, 0x025b, 0x0262, 0x0262, 0x0263, 0x0264, 0x0290, 0x0291,
+0x0292)
.El
.Pp
To discover the product\-id of a touchpad, search for 'Trackpad' in the
-output of
+output of
.Xr lshal 1
and look up the property
.Nm usb_device.product_id .
@@ -108,63 +137,12 @@
.Pa /dev/atp0 ,
which presents the mouse as a
.Ar sysmouse
-or
+or
.Ar mousesystems
type device\-\-see
.Xr moused 8
for an explanation of these mouse
types.
-.Xr moused 8
-can be configured to read touchpad data from
-.Pa /dev/atp0
-and pass it along to the
-.Xr sysmouse 4
-driver so that any process wanting to utilize mouse operation (such as
-an X server) may fetch it from
-.Pa /dev/sysmouse ;
-alternatively,
-.Pa /dev/atp0
-may be manipulated via
-.Xr read 2
-and
-.Xr ioctl 2
-calls to get mouse data directly.
-.Sh EXAMPLES
-To use a compatible Apple Trackpad as your console mouse:
-.Pp
-.Dl moused -p /dev/atp0 -t auto
-.Pp
-To launch
-.Xr moused 8
-automatically upon boot, add the following to
-.Pa /etc/rc.conf :
-.Pp
-.Dl moused_enable="YES"
-.Dl moused_type="auto"
-.Dl moused_port="/dev/atp0"
-.Pp
-If you want
-.Xr moused 8
-to also probe for external USB mice or other devices, then add the
-following to
-.Pa /etc/rc.conf :
-.Pp
-.Dl moused_nondefault_enable="YES"
-.Dl moused_ums0_enable="YES"
-.Dl moused_ums1_enable="YES"
-.Pp
-To be able to use the trackpad under X, change the "Pointer" section in
-.Nm xorg.conf
-to the following:
-.Pp
-.Dl Device "/dev/atp0"
-.Dl Protocol "Auto"
-.Pp
-Better still, if you want to be able to use the mouse in both virtual
-consoles as well as in X change it to:
-.Pp
-.Dl Device "/dev/sysmouse"
-.Dl Protocol "Auto"
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr sysmouse 4 ,
.Xr usb 4 ,
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/atrtc.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/atrtc.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/atrtc.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2010 Alexander Motin <mav at FreeBSD.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/atrtc.4 228735 2011-12-20 13:49:52Z mav $
.\"
.Dd September 17, 2010
.Dt ATRTC 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/attimer.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/attimer.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/attimer.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2010 Alexander Motin <mav at FreeBSD.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,9 +23,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/attimer.4 267022 2014-06-03 19:25:39Z brueffer $
.\"
-.Dd September 14, 2010
+.Dd May 26, 2014
.Dt ATTIMER 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -37,38 +38,48 @@
.Xr loader 8 :
.Bl -ohang
.It Va hint.attimer. Ns Ar X Ns Va .clock
-controls event timers functionality support. Setting to 0, disables it.
-Default value is 1.
+controls support for the event timer functionality.
+Setting this value to
+.Dv 0
+disables it.
+The default value is
+.Dv 1 .
.It Va hint.attimer. Ns Ar X Ns Va .timecounter
-controls time counter functionality support. Setting to 0, disables it.
-Default value is 1.
+controls support for the time counter functionality.
+Setting this value to
+.Dv 0
+disables it.
+The default value is
+.Dv 1 .
.It Va hw.i8254.freq
-allows to override default counter frequency.
-The same value is also available in run-time via
+allows overriding the default counter frequency.
+The same value is also available at run-time via the
.Va machdep.i8254_freq
sysctl.
.El
.Sh DESCRIPTION
This driver uses i8254 Programmable Interval Timer (AT Timer) hardware
-to supply kernel with one time counter and one event timer, and generate
-sound tones for system speaker.
+to supply the kernel with one timecounter and one event timer, and to generate
+sound tones for the system speaker.
This hardware includes three channels.
-Each channel includes 16bit counter, counting down with known,
+Each channel includes a 16 bit counter which decreases with a known,
platform-dependent frequency.
Counters can operate in several different modes, including periodic and
one-shot.
-Output of each channel has platform-defined wiring: one channel is wired
+The output of each channel has platform-defined wiring: one channel is wired
to the interrupt controller and may be used as event timer, one channel is
-wired to speaker and used to generate sound tones, and one timer is reserved
+wired to the speaker and used to generate sound tones, and one timer is reserved
for platform purposes.
.Pp
-Driver uses single hardware channel to provide both time counter and event
+The
+.Nm
+driver uses a single hardware channel to provide both time counter and event
timer functionality.
-To make it possible, respective counter must be running in periodic more.
-As result, one-shot event timer mode supported only when time counter
+To make this possible, the respective counter must be running in periodic mode.
+As a result, the one-shot event timer mode is supported only when time counter
functionality is disabled.
.Pp
-Event timer provided by the driver is irrelevant to CPU power states.
+The event timer provided by the driver is irrelevant to CPU power states.
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr apic 4 ,
.Xr atrtc 4 ,
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/audit.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/audit.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/audit.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2006 Robert N. M. Watson
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/audit.4 243752 2012-12-01 15:11:46Z rwatson $
.\"
.Dd May 31, 2009
.Dt AUDIT 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/auditpipe.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/auditpipe.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/auditpipe.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2006 Robert N. M. Watson
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/auditpipe.4 206622 2010-04-14 19:08:06Z uqs $
.\"
.Dd May 5, 2006
.Dt AUDITPIPE 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/aue.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/aue.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/aue.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, 1999
.\" Bill Paul <wpaul at ee.columbia.edu>. All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -28,9 +29,9 @@
.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
.\" THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/aue.4 291844 2015-12-05 07:46:37Z kevlo $
.\"
-.Dd October 7, 2006
+.Dd November 24, 2015
.Dt AUE 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -45,6 +46,7 @@
.Cd "device ohci"
.Cd "device usb"
.Cd "device miibus"
+.Cd "device uether"
.Cd "device aue"
.Ed
.Pp
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/awi.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/awi.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/awi.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" $NetBSD: awi.4,v 1.6 2000/03/22 11:24:33 onoe Exp $
.\" $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/awi.4,v 1.18.2.3 2006/02/02 07:50:00 trhodes Exp $
.\"
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/axe.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/axe.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/axe.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000-2003
.\" Bill Paul <wpaul at windriver.com>. All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -28,9 +29,9 @@
.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
.\" THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/axe.4 291844 2015-12-05 07:46:37Z kevlo $
.\"
-.Dd October 25, 2011
+.Dd November 24, 2015
.Dt AXE 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -46,6 +47,7 @@
.Cd "device ohci"
.Cd "device usb"
.Cd "device miibus"
+.Cd "device uether"
.Cd "device axe"
.Ed
.Pp
@@ -215,6 +217,8 @@
.Bl -bullet -compact
.It
ASIX AX88772B
+.It
+Lenovo USB 2.0 Ethernet
.El
.Pp
AX88760:
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/axge.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/axge.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/axge.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000-2003
+.\" Bill Paul <wpaul at windriver.com>. All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\" This product includes software developed by Bill Paul.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the author nor the names of any co-contributors
+.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\" without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY Bill Paul AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL Bill Paul OR THE VOICES IN HIS HEAD
+.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
+.\" THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/axge.4 291844 2015-12-05 07:46:37Z kevlo $
+.\"
+.Dd November 24, 2015
+.Dt AXGE 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm axge
+.Nd "ASIX Electronics AX88178A/AX88179 USB Gigabit Ethernet driver"
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+To compile this driver into the kernel,
+place the following lines in your
+kernel configuration file:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd "device xhci"
+.Cd "device ehci"
+.Cd "device uhci"
+.Cd "device ohci"
+.Cd "device usb"
+.Cd "device miibus"
+.Cd "device uether"
+.Cd "device axge"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Alternatively, to load the driver as a
+module at boot time, place the following line in
+.Xr loader.conf 5 :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+if_axge_load="YES"
+.Ed
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+driver provides support for USB Gigabit Ethernet adapters based on the ASIX
+Electronics AX88179 USB 3.0 and AX88178A USB 2.0 chipsets.
+.Pp
+The AX88179 and AX88178A contain a 10/100/1000 Ethernet MAC with a GMII
+interface for interfacing with the Gigabit Ethernet PHY.
+.Pp
+These devices will operate with both USB 1.x and USB 2.0 controllers, and the
+AX88179 will operate with USB 3.0 controllers.
+Packets are received and transmitted over separate USB bulk transfer endpoints.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+driver supports the following media types:
+.Bl -tag -width ".Cm 10baseT/UTP"
+.It Cm autoselect
+Enable autoselection of the media type and options.
+The user can manually override
+the autoselected mode by adding media options to
+.Xr rc.conf 5 .
+.It Cm 10baseT/UTP
+Set 10Mbps operation.
+The
+.Xr ifconfig 8
+.Cm mediaopt
+option can also be used to select either
+.Cm full-duplex
+or
+.Cm half-duplex
+modes.
+.It Cm 100baseTX
+Set 100Mbps (Fast Ethernet) operation.
+The
+.Xr ifconfig 8
+.Cm mediaopt
+option can also be used to select either
+.Cm full-duplex
+or
+.Cm half-duplex
+modes.
+.It Cm 1000baseT
+Set 1000Mbps (Gigabit Ethernet) operation (AX88178 only).
+The
+.Xr ifconfig 8
+.Cm mediaopt
+option can also be used to select either
+.Cm full-duplex
+or
+.Cm half-duplex
+modes.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+driver supports the following media options:
+.Bl -tag -width ".Cm full-duplex"
+.It Cm full-duplex
+Force full duplex operation.
+.It Cm half-duplex
+Force half duplex operation.
+.El
+.Pp
+For more information on configuring this device, see
+.Xr ifconfig 8 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr altq 4 ,
+.Xr arp 4 ,
+.Xr miibus 4 ,
+.Xr netintro 4 ,
+.Xr ng_ether 4 ,
+.Xr rgephy 4 ,
+.Xr vlan 4 ,
+.Xr ifconfig 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+device driver first appeared in
+.Fx 10.1 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+driver was written by
+.An Kevin Lo Aq kevlo at FreeBSD.org
+and
+.An Li-Wen Hsu Aq lwhsu at FreeBSD.org .
+This manual page was adapted by
+.An Mark Johnston Aq markj at FreeBSD.org
+from the
+.Xr axe 4
+manual page.
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/axge.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/bce.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/bce.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/bce.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2006 Broadcom Corporation
-.\" David Christensen <davidch at broadcom.com>. All rights reserved.
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" Copyright (c) 2006-2014 QLogic Corporation
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
@@ -10,9 +10,6 @@
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-.\" 3. Neither the name of Broadcom Corporation nor the name of its contributors
-.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-.\" without specific prior written consent.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS'
.\" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
@@ -26,7 +23,7 @@
.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
.\" THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/bce.4 265917 2014-05-12 15:52:49Z davidcs $
.\"
.Dd June 4, 2012
.Dt BCE 4
@@ -33,7 +30,7 @@
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm bce
-.Nd "Broadcom NetXtreme II (BCM5706/5708/5709/5716) PCI/PCIe Gigabit Ethernet adapter driver"
+.Nd "QLogic NetXtreme II (BCM5706/5708/5709/5716) PCI/PCIe Gigabit Ethernet adapter driver"
.Sh SYNOPSIS
To compile this driver into the kernel,
place the following lines in your
@@ -52,7 +49,7 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm
-driver supports Broadcom's NetXtreme II product family, including the
+driver supports QLogic's NetXtreme II product family, including the
BCM5706, BCM5708, BCM5709 and BCM5716 Ethernet controllers.
.Pp
The NetXtreme II product family is composed of various Converged NIC (or CNIC)
@@ -141,25 +138,25 @@
.Sh HARDWARE
The
.Nm
-driver provides support for various NICs based on the Broadcom NetXtreme II
+driver provides support for various NICs based on the QLogic NetXtreme II
family of Gigabit Ethernet controllers, including the
following:
.Pp
.Bl -bullet -compact
.It
-Broadcom NetXtreme II BCM5706 1000Base-SX
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM5706 1000Base-SX
.It
-Broadcom NetXtreme II BCM5706 1000Base-T
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM5706 1000Base-T
.It
-Broadcom NetXtreme II BCM5708 1000Base-SX
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM5708 1000Base-SX
.It
-Broadcom NetXtreme II BCM5708 1000Base-T
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM5708 1000Base-T
.It
-Broadcom NetXtreme II BCM5709 1000Base-SX
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM5709 1000Base-SX
.It
-Broadcom NetXtreme II BCM5709 1000Base-T
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM5709 1000Base-T
.It
-Broadcom NetXtreme II BCM5716 1000Base-T
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM5716 1000Base-T
.It
Dell PowerEdge 1950 integrated BCM5708 NIC
.It
@@ -212,7 +209,7 @@
.It Va hw.bce.hdr_split
Enable/Disable frame header/payload splitting (default 1).
.It Va hw.bce.rx_pages
-Set the number of memory pages assigned to recieve packets by the driver.
+Set the number of memory pages assigned to receive packets by the driver.
Due to alignment issues, this value can only be of the set
1, 2, 4 or 8 (default 2).
.It Va hw.bce.tx_pages
@@ -411,9 +408,11 @@
If the problem continues replace the controller.
.El
.Sh SUPPORT
-For general information and support,
-go to the Broadcom NIC Open Source Developer Resource Site:
-.Pa http://www.broadcom.com/support/ethernet_nic/open_source.php .
+For support questions please contact your QLogic approved reseller or
+QLogic Technical Support at
+.Pa http://support.qlogic.com ,
+or by E-mail at
+.Aq support at qlogic.com .
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr altq 4 ,
.Xr arp 4 ,
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/bfe.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/bfe.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/bfe.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Stuart Walsh
.\"
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/bfe.4 166346 2007-01-30 08:40:04Z brueffer $
.\"
.Dd July 16, 2005
.Dt BFE 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/bge.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/bge.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/bge.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Wind River Systems
.\" Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
.\" Bill Paul <wpaul at windriver.com>. All rights reserved.
@@ -29,7 +30,7 @@
.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
.\" THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/bge.4 230339 2012-01-19 20:31:29Z yongari $
.\"
.Dd January 19, 2012
.Dt BGE 4
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/bhyve.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/bhyve.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/bhyve.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 NetApp Inc
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/bhyve.4 259073 2013-12-07 18:23:29Z peter $
+.\"
+.Dd January 5, 2013
+.Dt BHYVE 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm bhyve
+.Nd virtual machine monitor
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Cd "/usr/sbin/bhyve"
+.Cd "/usr/sbin/bhyveload"
+.Cd "/usr/sbin/bhyvectl"
+.Cd "/boot/kernel/vmm.ko"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+is a virtual machine monitor that is hosted by FreeBSD. It is used to host
+unmodified guest operating systems on top of FreeBSD.
+.Pp
+.Nm
+relies heavily on hardware assist provided by the CPU and chipset to virtualize
+processor and memory resources.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr bhyve 8 ,
+.Xr bhyveload 8 ,
+.Xr bhyvectl 8 ,
+.Xr vmm 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+.Nm
+first appeared in
+.Fx 10.0 ,
+and was developed at NetApp Inc.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.Nm
+was developed by
+.An -nosplit
+.An "Peter Grehan" Aq grehan at FreeBSD.org
+and
+.An "Neel Natu" Aq neel at FreeBSD.org
+at NetApp Inc.
+.Sh BUGS
+.Nm
+is considered experimental in
+.Fx .
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/bhyve.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/bktr.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/bktr.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/bktr.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
-.\"
.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/bktr.4 211397 2010-08-16 15:18:30Z joel $
+.\"
.Dd January 18, 2006
.Dt BKTR 4
.Os
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/blackhole.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/blackhole.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/blackhole.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" blackhole - drop refused TCP or UDP connects
.\"
@@ -11,8 +12,8 @@
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\"
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
-.Dd January 1, 2007
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/blackhole.4 293727 2016-01-12 05:53:53Z allanjude $
+.Dd September 6, 2015
.Dt BLACKHOLE 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -19,18 +20,28 @@
.Nm blackhole
.Nd a
.Xr sysctl 8
-MIB for manipulating behaviour in respect of refused TCP or UDP connection
+MIB for manipulating behaviour in respect of refused SCTP, TCP, or UDP connection
attempts
.Sh SYNOPSIS
-.Cd sysctl net.inet.tcp.blackhole[=[0 | 1 | 2]]
-.Cd sysctl net.inet.udp.blackhole[=[0 | 1]]
+.Cd sysctl net.inet.sctp.blackhole Ns Op = Ns Brq "0 | 1 | 2"
+.Cd sysctl net.inet.tcp.blackhole Ns Op = Ns Brq "0 | 1 | 2"
+.Cd sysctl net.inet.udp.blackhole Ns Op = Ns Brq "0 | 1"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm
.Xr sysctl 8
MIB is used to control system behaviour when connection requests
-are received on TCP or UDP ports where there is no socket listening.
+are received on SCTP, TCP, or UDP ports where there is no socket listening.
.Pp
+The blackhole behaviour is useful to slow down an attacker who is port-scanning
+a system in an attempt to detect vulnerable services.
+It might also slow down an attempted denial of service attack.
+.Ss SCTP
+Setting the SCTP blackhole MIB to a numeric value of one
+will prevent sending an ABORT packet in response to an incoming INIT.
+A MIB value of two will do the same, but will also prevent sending an ABORT packet
+when unexpected packets are received.
+.Ss TCP
Normal behaviour, when a TCP SYN segment is received on a port where
there is no socket accepting connections, is for the system to return
a RST segment, and drop the connection.
@@ -44,20 +55,15 @@
By setting the MIB value to two, any segment arriving
on a closed port is dropped without returning a RST.
This provides some degree of protection against stealth port scans.
-.Pp
-In the UDP instance, enabling blackhole behaviour turns off the sending
+.Ss UDP
+Enabling blackhole behaviour turns off the sending
of an ICMP port unreachable message in response to a UDP datagram which
arrives on a port where there is no socket listening.
It must be noted that this behaviour will prevent remote systems from running
.Xr traceroute 8
to a system.
-.Pp
-The blackhole behaviour is useful to slow down anyone who is port scanning
-a system, attempting to detect vulnerable services on a system.
-It could potentially also slow down someone who is attempting a denial
-of service attack.
.Sh WARNING
-The TCP and UDP blackhole features should not be regarded as a replacement
+The SCTP, TCP, and UDP blackhole features should not be regarded as a replacement
for firewall solutions.
Better security would consist of the
.Nm
@@ -68,6 +74,7 @@
It should be used together with other security mechanisms.
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr ip 4 ,
+.Xr sctp 4 ,
.Xr tcp 4 ,
.Xr udp 4 ,
.Xr ipf 8 ,
@@ -80,5 +87,10 @@
MIBs
first appeared in
.Fx 4.0 .
+.Pp
+The SCTP
+.Nm
+MIB first appeared in
+.Fx 9.1 .
.Sh AUTHORS
.An Geoffrey M. Rehmet
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/bpf.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/bpf.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/bpf.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2007 Seccuris Inc.
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -47,7 +48,7 @@
.\" This document is derived in part from the enet man page (enet.4)
.\" distributed with 4.3BSD Unix.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/bpf.4 257990 2013-11-11 14:08:25Z brueffer $
.\"
.Dd June 15, 2010
.Dt BPF 4
@@ -697,9 +698,11 @@
.Dv BPF_T_MICROTIME_MONOTONIC_FAST ,
or
.Dv BPF_T_NONE
-for backward compatibility reasons. Otherwise,
+for backward compatibility reasons.
+Otherwise,
.Vt bpf_xhdr
-is used. However,
+is used.
+However,
.Vt bpf_hdr
may be deprecated in the near future.
Suitable precautions
@@ -952,10 +955,37 @@
.Fn BPF_STMT opcode operand
and
.Fn BPF_JUMP opcode operand true_offset false_offset .
-.Sh FILES
-.Bl -tag -compact -width /dev/bpf
-.It Pa /dev/bpf
-the packet filter device
+.Sh SYSCTL VARIABLES
+A set of
+.Xr sysctl 8
+variables controls the behaviour of the
+.Nm
+subsystem
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Va net.bpf.optimize_writers: No 0
+Various programs use BPF to send (but not receive) raw packets
+(cdpd, lldpd, dhcpd, dhcp relays, etc. are good examples of such programs).
+They do not need incoming packets to be send to them.
+Turning this option on
+makes new BPF users to be attached to write-only interface list until program
+explicitly specifies read filter via
+.Fn pcap_set_filter .
+This removes any performance degradation for high-speed interfaces.
+.It Va net.bpf.stats:
+Binary interface for retrieving general statistics.
+.It Va net.bpf.zerocopy_enable: No 0
+Permits zero-copy to be used with net BPF readers.
+Use with caution.
+.It Va net.bpf.maxinsns: No 512
+Maximum number of instructions that BPF program can contain.
+Use
+.Xr tcpdump 1
+.Fl d
+option to determine approximate number of instruction for any filter.
+.It Va net.bpf.maxbufsize: No 524288
+Maximum buffer size to allocate for packets buffer.
+.It Va net.bpf.bufsize: No 4096
+Default buffer size to allocate for packets buffer.
.El
.Sh EXAMPLES
The following filter is taken from the Reverse ARP Daemon.
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/bridge.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/bridge.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/bridge.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" $NetBSD: bridge.4,v 1.5 2004/01/31 20:14:11 jdc Exp $
.\"
.\" Copyright 2001 Wasabi Systems, Inc.
@@ -33,9 +34,9 @@
.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/bridge.4 253843 2013-07-31 16:26:41Z hrs $
.\"
-.Dd January 9, 2010
+.Dd July 27, 2013
.Dt IF_BRIDGE 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -142,6 +143,78 @@
stream.
This is useful for reconstructing the traffic for network taps
that transmit the RX/TX signals out through two separate interfaces.
+.Sh IPV6 SUPPORT
+.Nm
+supports the
+.Li AF_INET6
+address family on bridge interfaces.
+The following
+.Xr rc.conf 5
+variable configures an IPv6 link-local address on
+.Li bridge0
+interface:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+ifconfig_bridge0_ipv6="up"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+or in a more explicit manner:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+ifconfig_bridge0_ipv6="inet6 auto_linklocal"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+However, the
+.Li AF_INET6
+address family has a concept of scope zone.
+Bridging multiple interfaces change the zone configuration because
+multiple links are merged to each other and form a new single link
+while the member interfaces still work individually.
+This means each member interface still has a separate link-local scope
+zone and the
+.Nm
+interface has another single,
+aggregated link-local scope zone at the same time.
+This situation is clearly against the description
+.Qq zones of the same scope cannot overlap
+in Section 5,
+RFC 4007.
+Although it works in most cases,
+it can cause some conterintuitive or undesirable behavior in some
+edge cases when both of the
+.Nm
+interface and one of the member interface have an IPv6 address
+and applications use both of them.
+.Pp
+To prevent this situation,
+.Nm
+checks whether a link-local scoped IPv6 address is configured on
+a member interface to be added and the
+.Nm
+interface.
+When the
+.Nm
+interface has IPv6 addresses,
+IPv6 addresses on the member interface will be automatically removed
+before the interface is added.
+.Pp
+This behavior can be disabled by setting
+.Xr sysctl 8
+variable
+.Va net.link.bridge.allow_llz_overlap
+to
+.Li 1 .
+.Pp
+Note that
+.Li ACCEPT_RTADV
+and
+.Li AUTO_LINKLOCAL
+interface flag are not enabled by default on
+.Nm
+interface even when
+.Va net.inet6.ip6.accept_rtadv
+and/or
+.Va net.inet6.ip6.auto_linklocal
+is set to
+.Li 1 .
.Sh SPANNING TREE
The
.Nm
@@ -167,7 +240,6 @@
.Va net.link.bridge.log_stp
variable using
.Xr sysctl 8 .
-.Pp
.Sh PACKET FILTERING
Packet filtering can be used with any firewall package that hooks in via the
.Xr pfil 9
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/bt.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/bt.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/bt.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1994 Jordan Hubbard
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -24,7 +25,7 @@
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/bt.4 233992 2012-04-07 09:05:30Z joel $
.\"
.Dd June 18, 2006
.Dt BT 4
@@ -51,48 +52,47 @@
.Tn SCSI
bus connected to a Buslogic/Mylex MultiMaster or compatible controller:
.Bd -ragged -offset indent
-.Bl -column "BT-956CD " "ISA " "Commands " Description
MultiMaster "W" Series Host Adapters:
+.Bl -column "BT-956CD " "ISA " "Commands " "Description"
+.Em "Adapter" Ta Em "Bus" Ta Em "Commands" Ta Em "Description"
+BT-948 PCI 192 Ultra SCSI-3
+BT-958 PCI 192 Wide Ultra SCSI-3
+BT-958D PCI 192 Wide Differential Ultra SCSI-3
+.El
.Pp
-.Em "Adapter Bus Commands Description"
-BT-948 PCI 192 Ultra SCSI-3
-BT-958 PCI 192 Wide Ultra SCSI-3
-BT-958D PCI 192 Wide Differential Ultra SCSI-3
+MultiMaster "C" Series Host Adapters:
+.Bl -column "BT-956CD " "ISA " "Commands " "Description"
+.Em "Adapter" Ta Em "Bus" Ta Em "Commands" Ta Em "Description"
+BT-946C PCI 100 Fast SCSI-2
+BT-956C PCI 100 Wide Fast SCSI-2
+BT-956CD PCI 100 Wide Differential Fast SCSI-2
+BT-445C VLB 100 Fast SCSI-2
+BT-747C EISA 100 Fast SCSI-2
+BT-757C EISA 100 Wide Fast SCSI-2
+BT-757CD EISA 100 Wide Differential Fast SCSI-2
+BT-545C ISA 50 Fast SCSI-2
+BT-540CF ISA 50 Fast SCSI-2
.El
-.Bl -column "BT-956CD " "ISA " "Commands " Description
-MultiMaster "C" Series Host Adapters:
.Pp
-.Em "Adapter Bus Commands Description"
-BT-946C PCI 100 Fast SCSI-2
-BT-956C PCI 100 Wide Fast SCSI-2
-BT-956CD PCI 100 Wide Differential Fast SCSI-2
-BT-445C VLB 100 Fast SCSI-2
-BT-747C EISA 100 Fast SCSI-2
-BT-757C EISA 100 Wide Fast SCSI-2
-BT-757CD EISA 100 Wide Differential Fast SCSI-2
-BT-545C ISA 50 Fast SCSI-2
-BT-540CF ISA 50 Fast SCSI-2
+MultiMaster "S" Series Host Adapters:
+.Bl -column "BT-956CD " "ISA " "Commands " "Description"
+.Em "Adapter" Ta Em "Bus" Ta Em "Commands" Ta Em "Description"
+BT-445S VLB 30 Fast SCSI-2
+BT-747S EISA 30 Fast SCSI-2
+BT-747D EISA 30 Differential Fast SCSI-2
+BT-757S EISA 30 Wide Fast SCSI-2
+BT-757D EISA 30 Wide Differential Fast SCSI-2
+BT-545S ISA 30 Fast SCSI-2
+BT-542D ISA 30 Differential Fast SCSI-2
+BT-742A EISA 30 SCSI-2 (742A revision H)
+BT-542B ISA 30 SCSI-2 (542B revision H)
.El
-.Bl -column "BT-956CD " "ISA " "Commands " Description
-MultiMaster "S" Series Host Adapters:
.Pp
-.Em "Adapter Bus Commands Description"
-BT-445S VLB 30 Fast SCSI-2
-BT-747S EISA 30 Fast SCSI-2
-BT-747D EISA 30 Differential Fast SCSI-2
-BT-757S EISA 30 Wide Fast SCSI-2
-BT-757D EISA 30 Wide Differential Fast SCSI-2
-BT-545S ISA 30 Fast SCSI-2
-BT-542D ISA 30 Differential Fast SCSI-2
-BT-742A EISA 30 SCSI-2 (742A revision H)
-BT-542B ISA 30 SCSI-2 (542B revision H)
-.El
-.Bl -column "BT-956CD " "ISA " "Commands " Description
MultiMaster "A" Series Host Adapters:
-.Pp
-.Em "Adapter Bus Commands Description"
-BT-742A EISA 30 SCSI-2 (742A revisions A - G)
-BT-542B ISA 30 SCSI-2 (542B revisions A - G)
+.Bl -column "BT-956CD " "ISA " "Commands " "Description"
+.Em "Adapter" Ta Em "Bus" Ta Em "Commands" Ta Em "Description"
+BT-742A EISA 30 SCSI-2 (742A revisions A - G)
+BT-542B ISA 30 SCSI-2 (542B revisions A - G)
.El
.Ed
.Pp
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/bwi.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/bwi.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/bwi.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Christian Brueffer
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/bwi.4 233992 2012-04-07 09:05:30Z joel $
.\"
.Dd February 6, 2011
.Dt BWI 4
@@ -72,9 +73,8 @@
The
.Nm
driver supports Broadcom BCM43xx based wireless devices, including:
-.Pp
-.Bl -column -compact "Apple Airport Extreme" "BCM4306" "Mini PCI" "a/b/g" -offset 6n
-.It Em "Card Chip Bus Standard"
+.Bl -column "Apple Airport Extreme" "BCM4306" "Mini PCI" "a/b/g" -offset 6n
+.It Em "Card" Ta Em "Chip" Ta Em "Bus" Ta Em "Standard"
.It "Apple Airport Extreme BCM4306 PCI b/g"
.It "Apple Airport Extreme BCM4318 PCI b/g"
.It "ASUS WL-138g BCM4318 PCI b/g"
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
.It "Buffalo WLI-CB-G54S BCM4318 CardBus b/g"
.It "Buffalo WLI-PCI-G54S BCM4306 PCI b/g"
.It "Compaq R4035 onboard BCM4306 PCI b/g"
-.It "Dell Wireless 1390 BCM4311 Mini PCI b/g"
+.It "Dell Wireless 1390 BCM4311 Mini PCI b/g"
.It "Dell Wireless 1470 BCM4318 Mini PCI b/g"
.It "Dell Truemobile 1300 r2 BCM4306 Mini PCI b/g"
.It "Dell Truemobile 1400 BCM4309 Mini PCI b/g"
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/bwn.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/bwn.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/bwn.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Christian Brueffer
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/bwn.4 233992 2012-04-07 09:05:30Z joel $
.\"
.Dd February 15, 2011
.Dt BWN 4
@@ -75,13 +76,12 @@
The
.Nm
driver supports Broadcom BCM43xx based wireless devices, including:
-.Pp
-.Bl -column -compact "Apple Airport Extreme" "BCM4306" "Mini PCI" "a/b/g" -offset 6n
-.It Em "Card Chip Bus Standard"
+.Bl -column "Apple Airport Extreme" "BCM4306" "Mini PCI" "a/b/g"
+.It Em "Card" Ta Em "Chip" Ta Em "Bus" Ta Em "Standard"
.It "Apple Airport Extreme BCM4318 PCI b/g"
.It "ASUS WL-138g BCM4318 PCI b/g"
.It "Buffalo WLI-CB-G54S BCM4318 CardBus b/g"
-.It "Dell Wireless 1390 BCM4311 Mini PCI b/g"
+.It "Dell Wireless 1390 BCM4311 Mini PCI b/g"
.It "Dell Wireless 1470 BCM4318 Mini PCI b/g"
.It "Dell Truemobile 1400 BCM4309 Mini PCI b/g"
.It "HP Compaq 6715b BCM4312 PCI b/g"
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/bxe.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/bxe.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/bxe.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2012 Edward Tomasz Napierala <trasz at FreeBSD.org>
-.\" All rights reserved.
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" Copyright (c) 2014 Qlogic Corporation. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
+.\"
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
@@ -10,26 +11,26 @@
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\"
-.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
-.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS'
+.\" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
-.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
-.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
-.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
-.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
+.\" THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/bxe.4 265917 2014-05-12 15:52:49Z davidcs $
.\"
-.Dd June 25, 2012
+.Dd April 29, 2012
.Dt BXE 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm bxe
-.Nd "Broadcom BCM57710/BCM57711/BCM57711E 10Gb Ethernet adapter driver"
+.Nd QLogic NetXtreme II Ethernet 10Gb PCIe adapter driver
.Sh SYNOPSIS
To compile this driver into the kernel,
place the following lines in your
@@ -38,8 +39,8 @@
.Cd "device bxe"
.Ed
.Pp
-Alternatively, to load the driver as a
-module at boot time, place the following line in
+Alternatively, to load the driver as a module at boot time, place the
+following line in
.Xr loader.conf 5 :
.Bd -literal -offset indent
if_bxe_load="YES"
@@ -47,77 +48,282 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm
-driver provides support for PCIe 10GbE Ethernet adapters based on
-BCM5771x chips.
-The driver supports Jumbo Frames, VLAN tagging, IP, UDP and TCP checksum
-offload, MSI-X, TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO), Large Receive Offload (LRO),
-and Receive Side Steering (RSS).
-.Pp
-For more information on configuring this device, see
-.Xr ifconfig 8 .
+driver provides support for PCIe 10Gb Ethernet adapters based on the QLogic
+NetXtreme II family of 10Gb chips.
+The driver supports Jumbo Frames, VLAN
+tagging, checksum offload (IPv4, TCP, UDP, IPv6-TCP, IPv6-UDP), MSI-X
+interrupts, TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO), Large Receive Offload (LRO), and
+Receive Side Scaling (RSS).
.Sh HARDWARE
The
.Nm
-driver provides support for various NICs based on the Broadcom BCM5771x
-family of 10GbE Ethernet controller chips, including the
-following:
+driver provides support for various NICs based on the QLogic NetXtreme II
+family of 10Gb Ethernet controller chips, including the following:
.Pp
.Bl -bullet -compact
.It
-Broadcom NetXtreme II BCM57710 10GbE
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM57710 10Gb
.It
-Broadcom NetXtreme II BCM57711 10GbE
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM57711 10Gb
.It
-Broadcom NetXtreme II BCM57711E 10GbE
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM57711E 10Gb
+.It
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM57712 10Gb
+.It
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM57712-MF 10Gb
+.It
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM57800 10Gb
+.It
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM57800-MF 10Gb
+.It
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM57810 10Gb
+.It
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM57810-MF 10Gb
+.It
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM57840 10Gb / 20Gb
+.It
+QLogic NetXtreme II BCM57840-MF 10Gb
.El
-.Sh SYSCTL VARIABLES
-The following variables are available as both
-.Xr sysctl 8
-variables and
-.Xr loader 8
-tunables:
+.Sh CONFIGURATION
+There a number of configuration parameters that can be set to tweak the
+driver's behavior.
+These parameters can be set via the
+.Xr loader.conf 5
+file to take affect during the next system boot.
+The following parameters affect
+ALL instances of the driver.
.Bl -tag -width indent
-.It Va hw.bxe.dcc_enable
-Enable HP Flex-10 support.
-Allowed values are 0 to disable and 1 to enable.
-The default value is 0.
-.It Va hw.bxe.tso_enable
-Enable TCP Segmentation Offload.
-The default value is 1.
-.It Va hw.bxe.int_mode
-Set interrupt mode.
-Allowed values are 0 for IRQ, 1 for MSI/IRQ and 2 for MSI-X/MSI/IRQ.
-The default value is 2.
+.It Va hw.bxe.debug
+DEFAULT = 0
+.br
+Sets the default logging level of the driver.
+See the Diagnostics and Debugging
+section below for more details.
+.It Va hw.bxe.interrupt_mode
+DEFAULT = 2
+.br
+Sets the default interrupt mode: 0=IRQ, 1=MSI, 2=MSIX.
+If set to MSIX and
+allocation fails, the driver will roll back and attempt MSI allocation.
+If MSI
+allocation fails, the driver will roll back and attempt fixed level IRQ
+allocation.
+If IRQ allocation fails, then the driver load fails.
+With MSI/MSIX,
+the driver attempts to allocate a vector for each queue in addition to one more
+for default processing.
.It Va hw.bxe.queue_count
-Specify the number of queues that will be used when a multi-queue
-RSS mode is selected using bxe_multi_mode.
-Allowed values are 0 for Auto or 1 to 16 for fixed number of queues.
-The default value is 0.
-.It Va hw.bxe.multi_mode
-Enable Receive Side Steering.
-Allowed values are 0, which disables all multi-queue/packet sorting
-algorithms, and 1, which assigns incoming frames to receive queues
-according to RSS.
-The default value is 0.
-.It Va hw.bxe.rx_ticks
-Control interrupt coalescing for received frames.
-The first frame always causes an interrupt, but subsequent frames
-are coalesced until the RX/TX ticks timer value expires and another
-interrupt occurs.
-The default value is 25.
-.It Va hw.bxe.tx_ticks
-Control interrupt coalescing for trasmitted frames.
-The first frame always causes an interrupt, but subsequent frames
-are coalesced until the RX/TX ticks timer value expires and another
-interrupt occurs.
-The default value is 50.
+DEFAULT = 4
+.br
+Sets the default number of fast path packet processing queues.
+Note that one
+MSI/MSIX interrupt vector is allocated per-queue.
+.It Va hw.bxe.max_rx_bufs
+DEFAULT = 0
+.br
+Sets the maximum number of receive buffers to allocate per-queue.
+Zero(0) means
+to allocate a receive buffer for every buffer descriptor.
+By default this
+equates to 4080 buffers per-queue which is the maximum value for this config
+parameter.
+.It Va hw.bxe.hc_rx_ticks
+DEFAULT = 25
+.br
+Sets the number of ticks for host interrupt coalescing in the receive path.
+.It Va hw.bxe.hc_tx_ticks
+DEFAULT = 50
+.br
+Sets the number of ticks for host interrupt coalescing in the transmit path.
+.It Va hw.bxe.rx_budget
+DEFAULT = 0xffffffff
+.br
+Sets the maximum number of receive packets to process in an interrupt.
+If the
+budget is reached then the remaining/pending packets will be processed in a
+scheduled taskqueue.
+.It Va hw.bxe.max_aggregation_size
+DEFAULT = 32768
+.br
+Sets the maximum LRO aggregration byte size.
+The higher the value the more
+packets the hardware will aggregate.
+Maximum is 65K.
.It Va hw.bxe.mrrs
-Allows to set the PCIe maximum read request size.
-Allowed values are -1 for Auto, 0 for 128B, 1 for 256B, 2 for 512B,
-and 3 for 1kB.
-The default value is -1.
+DEFAULT = -1
+.br
+Sets the PCI MRRS: -1=Auto, 0=128B, 1=256B, 2=512B, 3=1KB
+.It Va hw.bxe.autogreeen
+DEFAULT = 0
+.br
+Set AutoGrEEEN: 0=HW_DEFAULT, 1=FORCE_ON, 2=FORCE_OFF
+.It Va hw.bxe.udp_rss
+DEFAULT = 0
+.br
+Enable/Disable 4-tuple RSS for UDP: 0=DISABLED, 1=ENABLED
.El
+.Pp
+Special care must be taken when modifying the number of queues and receive
+buffers.
+FreeBSD imposes a limit on the maximum number of
+.Xr mbuf 9
+allocations.
+If buffer allocations fail, the interface initialization will fail
+and the interface will not be usable.
+The driver does not make a best effort
+for buffer allocations.
+It is an all or nothing effort.
+.Pp
+You can tweak the
+.Xr mbuf 9
+allocation limit using
+.Xr sysctl 8
+and view the current usage with
+.Xr netstat 1
+as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+# netstat -m
+# sysctl kern.ipc.nmbclusters
+# sysctl kern.ipc.nmbclusters=<#>
+.Ed
+.Pp
+There are additional configuration parameters that can be set on a per-instance
+basis to dynamically override the default configuration.
+The '#' below must be
+replaced with the driver instance / interface unit number:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Va dev.bxe.#.debug
+DEFAULT = 0
+.br
+Sets the default logging level of the driver instance.
+See
+.Va hw.bxe.debug
+above and
+the Diagnostics and Debugging section below for more details.
+.It Va dev.bxe.#.rx_budget
+DEFAULT = 0xffffffff
+.br
+Sets the maximum number of receive packets to process in an interrupt for the
+driver instance.
+See
+.Va hw.bxe.rx_budget
+above for more details.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additional items can be configured using
+.Xr ifconfig 8 :
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Va MTU - Maximum Transmission Unit
+DEFAULT = 1500
+.br
+RANGE = 46-9184
+.br
+# ifconfig bxe# mtu <n>
+.It Va Promiscuous Mode
+DEFAULT = OFF
+.br
+# ifconfig bxe# [ promisc | -promisc ]
+.It Va Rx/Tx Checksum Offload
+DEFAULT = RX/TX CSUM ON
+.br
+Note that the Rx and Tx settings are not independent.
+.br
+# ifconfig bxe# [ rxcsum | -rxcsum | txcsum | -txcsum ]
+.It Va TSO - TCP Segmentation Offload
+DEFAULT = ON
+.br
+# ifconfig bxe# [ tso | -tso | tso6 | -tso6 ]
+.It Va LRO - TCP Large Receive Offload
+DEFAULT = ON
+.br
+# ifconfig bxe# [ lro | -lro ]
+.El
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS AND DEBUGGING
+There are many statistics exposed by
+.Nm
+via
+.Xr sysctl 8 .
+.Pp
+To dump the default driver configuration:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+# sysctl -a | grep hw.bxe
+.Ed
+.Pp
+To dump every instance's configuration and detailed statistics:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+# sysctl -a | grep dev.bxe
+.Ed
+.Pp
+To dump information for a single instance (replace the '#' with the driver
+instance / interface unit number):
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+# sysctl -a | grep dev.bxe.#
+.Ed
+.Pp
+To dump information for all the queues of a single instance:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+# sysctl -a | grep dev.bxe.#.queue
+.Ed
+.Pp
+To dump information for a single queue of a single instance (replace the
+additional '#' with the queue number):
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+# sysctl -a | grep dev.bxe.#.queue.#
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+driver has the ability to dump a ton of debug messages to the system
+log.
+The default level of logging can be set with the
+.Va hw.bxe.debug
+.Xr sysctl 8 .
+Take care with this setting as it can result in too
+many logs being dumped.
+Since this parameter is the default one, it affects
+every instance and will dramatically change the timing in the driver.
+A better
+alternative to aid in debugging is to dynamically change the debug level of a
+specific instance with the
+.Va dev.bxe.#.debug
+.Xr sysctl 8 .
+This allows
+you to turn on/off logging of various debug groups on-the-fly.
+.Pp
+The different debug groups that can be toggled are:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+DBG_LOAD 0x00000001 /* load and unload */
+DBG_INTR 0x00000002 /* interrupt handling */
+DBG_SP 0x00000004 /* slowpath handling */
+DBG_STATS 0x00000008 /* stats updates */
+DBG_TX 0x00000010 /* packet transmit */
+DBG_RX 0x00000020 /* packet receive */
+DBG_PHY 0x00000040 /* phy/link handling */
+DBG_IOCTL 0x00000080 /* ioctl handling */
+DBG_MBUF 0x00000100 /* dumping mbuf info */
+DBG_REGS 0x00000200 /* register access */
+DBG_LRO 0x00000400 /* lro processing */
+DBG_ASSERT 0x80000000 /* debug assert */
+DBG_ALL 0xFFFFFFFF /* flying monkeys */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+For example, to debug an issue in the receive path on bxe0:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+# sysctl dev.bxe.0.debug=0x22
+.Ed
+.Pp
+When finished turn the logging back off:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+# sysctl dev.bxe.0.debug=0
+.Ed
+.Sh SUPPORT
+For support questions please contact your QLogic approved reseller or
+QLogic Technical Support at
+.Pa http://support.qlogic.com ,
+or by E-mail at
+.Aq support at qlogic.com .
.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr netstat 1 ,
.Xr altq 4 ,
.Xr arp 4 ,
.Xr netintro 4 ,
@@ -133,6 +339,7 @@
The
.Nm
driver was written by
-.An Gary Zambrano Aq zambrano at broadcom.com
+.An Eric Davis Aq edavis at broadcom.com ,
+.An David Christensen Aq davidch at broadcom.com ,
and
-.An David Christensen Aq davidch at broadcom.com .
+.An Gary Zambrano Aq zambrano at broadcom.com .
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/capsicum.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/capsicum.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/capsicum.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
-.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Robert N. M. Watson
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011, 2013 Robert N. M. Watson
.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Jonathan Anderson
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -24,9 +25,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/capsicum.4 286189 2015-08-02 09:34:03Z trasz $
.\"
-.Dd September 20, 2011
+.Dd July 25, 2015
.Dt CAPSICUM 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -58,11 +59,11 @@
Once set, the flag is inherited by future children processes, and may not be
cleared.
.It capabilities
-File descriptors that wrap other file descriptors, masking operations that can
-be called on them; for example, a file descriptor returned by
+Limit operations that can be called on file descriptors.
+For example, a file descriptor returned by
.Xr open 2
may be refined using
-.Xr cap_new 2
+.Xr cap_rights_limit 2
so that only
.Xr read 2
and
@@ -69,6 +70,9 @@
.Xr write 2
can be called, but not
.Xr fchmod 2 .
+The complete list of the capability rights can be found in the
+.Xr rights 4
+manual page.
.El
.Pp
In some cases,
@@ -78,16 +82,20 @@
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It process descriptors
File descriptors representing processes, allowing parent processes to manage
-child processes without requiring access to the PID namespace.
+child processes without requiring access to the PID namespace; described in
+greater detail in
+.Xr procdesc 4 .
.It anonymous shared memory
An extension to the POSIX shared memory API to support anonymous swap objects
-associated with file descriptors.
+associated with file descriptors; described in greater detail in
+.Xr shm_open 2 .
.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr cap_enter 2 ,
+.Xr cap_fcntls_limit 2 ,
.Xr cap_getmode 2 ,
-.Xr cap_getrights 2 ,
-.Xr cap_new 2 ,
+.Xr cap_ioctls_limit 2 ,
+.Xr cap_rights_limit 2 ,
.Xr fchmod 2 ,
.Xr open 2 ,
.Xr pdfork 2 ,
@@ -96,7 +104,9 @@
.Xr pdwait4 2 ,
.Xr read 2 ,
.Xr shm_open 2 ,
-.Xr write 2
+.Xr write 2 ,
+.Xr cap_rights_get 3 ,
+.Xr procdesc 4
.Sh HISTORY
.Nm
first appeared in
@@ -113,8 +123,5 @@
.An "Ben Laurie" Aq benl at FreeBSD.org
and
.An "Kris Kennaway" Aq kris at FreeBSD.org
-at Google, Inc.
-.Sh BUGS
-.Nm
-is considered experimental in
-.Fx .
+at Google, Inc., and
+.An "Pawel Jakub Dawidek" Aq pawel at dawidek.net .
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cardbus.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cardbus.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cardbus.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2002 M. Warner Losh
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cardbus.4 152569 2005-11-18 10:56:28Z ru $
.\"
.Dd July 9, 2002
.Dt CARDBUS 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/carp.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/carp.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/carp.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" $OpenBSD: carp.4,v 1.16 2004/12/07 23:41:35 jmc Exp $
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Ryan McBride. All rights reserved.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011, Gleb Smirnoff <glebius at FreeBSD.org>
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
@@ -23,9 +25,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/carp.4 267100 2014-06-05 11:48:36Z marck $
.\"
-.Dd August 15, 2011
+.Dd February 21, 2013
.Dt CARP 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -34,33 +36,17 @@
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Cd "device carp"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
-.Nm
-interface is a pseudo-device that implements and controls the
-CARP protocol.
-CARP allows multiple hosts on the same local network to share a set of IP addresses.
+The CARP allows multiple hosts on the same local network to share a set of
+IPv4 and/or IPv6 addresses.
Its primary purpose is to ensure that these
-addresses are always available, but in some configurations
-.Nm
-can also provide load balancing functionality.
+addresses are always available.
.Pp
-A
-.Nm
-interface can be created at runtime using the
-.Nm ifconfig Li carp Ns Ar N Cm create
-command or by configuring
-it via
-.Va cloned_interfaces
-in the
-.Pa /etc/rc.conf
-file.
-.Pp
To use
.Nm ,
-the administrator needs to configure at minimum a common virtual host ID (VHID)
-and virtual host IP address on each machine which is to take part in the virtual
-group.
-Additional parameters can also be set on a per-interface basis:
+the administrator needs to configure at a minimum a common virtual host ID
+(vhid), and attach at least one IP address to this vhid on each machine which
+is to take part in the virtual group.
+Additional parameters can also be set on a per-vhid basis:
.Cm advbase
and
.Cm advskew ,
@@ -87,15 +73,26 @@
and
.Cm advskew
are put inside CARP advertisements.
-These configurations can be done using
+These values can be configured using
.Xr ifconfig 8 ,
or through the
.Dv SIOCSVH
.Xr ioctl 2 .
.Pp
+CARP virtual hosts can be configured on multicast-capable interfaces: Ethernet,
+layer 2 VLAN, FDDI and Token Ring.
+An arbitrary number of virtual host IDs can be configured on an interface.
+An arbitrary number of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses can be attached to a particular
+vhid.
+It is important that all hosts participating in a vhid have the same list
+of prefixes configured on the vhid, since all prefixes are included in the
+cryptographic checksum supplied in each advertisement.
+Multiple vhids running on one interface participate in master/backup
+elections independently.
+.Pp
Additionally, there are a number of global parameters which can be set using
.Xr sysctl 8 :
-.Bl -tag -width ".Va net.inet.carp.arpbalance"
+.Bl -tag -width ".Va net.inet.carp.ifdown_demotion_factor"
.It Va net.inet.carp.allow
Accept incoming
.Nm
@@ -103,71 +100,88 @@
Enabled by default.
.It Va net.inet.carp.preempt
Allow virtual hosts to preempt each other.
-It is also used to failover
-.Nm
-interfaces as a group.
-When the option is enabled and one of the
-.Nm
-enabled physical interfaces
-goes down,
-.Cm advskew
-is changed to 240 on all
-.Nm
-interfaces.
-See also the first example.
+When enabled, a vhid in a backup state would preempt a master that
+is announcing itself with a lower advskew.
Disabled by default.
.It Va net.inet.carp.log
-Value of 0 disables any logging.
-Value of 1 enables logging state changes of
+Determines what events relating to
.Nm
-interfaces.
+vhids are logged.
+A value of 0 disables any logging.
+A value of 1 enables logging state changes of
+.Nm
+vhids.
Values above 1 enable logging of bad
.Nm
packets.
-Default value is 1.
-.It Va net.inet.carp.arpbalance
-Balance local traffic using ARP (see below).
-Disabled by default.
-.It Va net.inet.carp.suppress_preempt
-A read only value showing the status of preemption suppression.
-Preemption can be suppressed if link on an interface is down
-or when
+The default value is 1.
+.It Va net.inet.carp.demotion
+This value shows current level of CARP demotion.
+The value is added to the actual advskew sent in announcements for
+all vhids.
+At normal system operation the demotion factor is zero.
+However, problematic conditions raise its level: when
+.Nm
+experiences problem with sending announcements, when an interface
+running a vhid goes down, or while the
.Xr pfsync 4
interface is not synchronized.
-Value of 0 means that preemption is not suppressed, since no
-problems are detected.
-Every problem increments suppression counter.
+The demotion factor can be adjusted writing to the sysctl oid.
+The signed value supplied to the
+.Xr sysctl 8
+command is added to current demotion factor.
+This allows to control
+.Nm
+behaviour depending on some external conditions, for example on the status
+of some daemon utility.
+.It Va net.inet.carp.ifdown_demotion_factor
+This value is added to
+.Va net.inet.carp.demotion
+when an interface running a vhid goes down.
+The default value is 240 (the maximum advskew value).
+.It Va net.inet.carp.senderr_demotion_factor
+This value is added to
+.Va net.inet.carp.demotion
+when
+.Nm
+experiences errors sending its announcements.
+The default value is 240 (the maximum advskew value).
.El
-.Sh ARP level load balancing
-The
-.Nm
-has limited abilities for load balancing the incoming connections
-between hosts in Ethernet network.
-For load balancing operation, one needs several CARP interfaces that
-are configured to the same IP address, but to a different VHIDs.
-Once an ARP request is received, the CARP protocol will use a hashing
-function against the source IP address in the ARP request to determine
-which VHID should this request belong to.
-If the corresponding CARP interface is in master state, the ARP request
-will be replied, otherwise it will be ignored.
-See the
-.Sx EXAMPLES
-section for a practical example of load balancing.
-.Pp
-The ARP load balancing has some limitations.
-First, ARP balancing only works on the local network segment.
-It cannot balance traffic that crosses a router, because the
-router itself will always be balanced to the same virtual host.
-Second, ARP load balancing can lead to asymmetric routing
-of incoming and outgoing traffic, and thus combining it with
-.Xr pfsync 4
-is dangerous, because this creates a race condition between
-balanced routers and a host they are serving.
-Imagine an incoming packet creating state on the first router, being
-forwarded to its destination, and destination replying faster
-than the state information is packed and synced with the second router.
-If the reply would be load balanced to second router, it will be
-dropped due to no state.
+.\".Sh ARP level load balancing
+.\"A
+.\".Nm
+.\"interface has limited abilities for load balancing incoming connections
+.\"between hosts in an Ethernet network.
+.\"For load-balancing operation, one needs several CARP interfaces that
+.\"are configured to the same IP address, but to a different vhids.
+.\"Once an ARP request is received, the CARP protocol will use a hashing
+.\"function against the source IP address in the ARP request to determine
+.\"which vhid the request will be assigned to.
+.\"If the corresponding CARP interface is the current
+.\"master interface, a reply will
+.\"be sent to the ARP request;
+.\"otherwise it will be ignored.
+.\"See the
+.\".Sx EXAMPLES
+.\"section for a practical example of load balancing.
+.\".Pp
+.\"The ARP load balancing implemented in
+.\".Nm
+.\"has some limitations.
+.\"First, ARP balancing only works on the local network segment.
+.\"It cannot balance traffic that crosses a router, because the
+.\"router itself will always be balanced to the same virtual host.
+.\"Second, ARP load balancing can lead to asymmetric routing
+.\"of incoming and outgoing traffic, and thus combining it with
+.\".Xr pfsync 4
+.\"is dangerous, because this creates a race condition between
+.\"balanced routers and a host they are serving.
+.\"Imagine an incoming packet creating state on the first router, being
+.\"forwarded to its destination, and the destination replying faster
+.\"than the state information is packed and synced with the second router.
+.\"If the reply would be load balanced to second router, it will be
+.\"dropped since the second router has not yet received information about
+.\"the connection state.
.Sh STATE CHANGE NOTIFICATIONS
Sometimes it is useful to get notified about
.Nm
@@ -175,117 +189,117 @@
This can be accomplished by using
.Xr devd 8
hooks.
-Master/slave events are signalled as
-.Nm
-interface
-.Dv LINK_UP
-or
-.Dv LINK_DOWN
-event.
+Master/slave events are signalled under system
+.Dv CARP .
+The subsystem specifies the vhid and name of the interface where
+the master/slave event occurred.
+The type of the message displays the new state of the vhid.
Please see
.Xr devd.conf 5
-and
+and the
.Sx EXAMPLES
section for more information.
.Sh EXAMPLES
For firewalls and routers with multiple interfaces, it is desirable to
-failover all of the
+failover all of the addresses running
.Nm
-interfaces together, when one of the physical interfaces goes down.
-This is achieved by the preempt option.
-Enable it on both host A and B:
+together, when one of the physical interfaces goes down.
+This is achieved by the use of the preempt option.
+Enable it on both hosts A and B:
.Pp
.Dl sysctl net.inet.carp.preempt=1
.Pp
-Assume that host A is the preferred master and 192.168.1.x/24 is
-configured on one physical interface and 192.168.2.y/24 on another.
-This is the setup for host A:
+Assume that host A is the preferred master and we are running the
+192.168.1.0/24 prefix on em0 and 192.168.2.0/24 on em1.
+This is the setup for host A (advskew is above 0 so it could be overwritten
+in the emergency situation from the other host):
.Bd -literal -offset indent
-ifconfig carp0 create
-ifconfig carp0 vhid 1 pass mekmitasdigoat 192.168.1.1/24
-ifconfig carp1 create
-ifconfig carp1 vhid 2 pass mekmitasdigoat 192.168.2.1/24
+ifconfig em0 vhid 1 advskew 100 pass mekmitasdigoat 192.168.1.1/24
+ifconfig em1 vhid 2 advskew 100 pass mekmitasdigoat 192.168.2.1/24
.Ed
.Pp
The setup for host B is identical, but it has a higher
.Cm advskew :
.Bd -literal -offset indent
-ifconfig carp0 create
-ifconfig carp0 vhid 1 advskew 100 pass mekmitasdigoat 192.168.1.1/24
-ifconfig carp1 create
-ifconfig carp1 vhid 2 advskew 100 pass mekmitasdigoat 192.168.2.1/24
+ifconfig em0 vhid 1 advskew 200 pass mekmitasdigoat 192.168.1.1/24
+ifconfig em1 vhid 2 advskew 200 pass mekmitasdigoat 192.168.2.1/24
.Ed
.Pp
-Because of the preempt option, when one of the physical interfaces of
-host A fails,
+When one of the physical interfaces of host A fails,
.Cm advskew
-is adjusted to 240 on all its
+is demoted to a configured value on all its
.Nm
-interfaces.
-This will cause host B to preempt on both interfaces instead of
-just the failed one.
+vhids.
+Due to the preempt option, host B would start announcing itself, and thus
+preempt host A on both interfaces instead of just the failed one.
+.\".Pp
+.\"In order to set up an ARP balanced virtual host, it is necessary to configure
+.\"one virtual host for each physical host which would respond to ARP requests
+.\"and thus handle the traffic.
+.\"In the following example, two virtual hosts are configured on two hosts to
+.\"provide balancing and failover for the IP address 192.168.1.10.
+.\".Pp
+.\"First the
+.\".Nm
+.\"interfaces on host A are configured.
+.\"The
+.\".Cm advskew
+.\"of 100 on the second virtual host means that its advertisements will be sent
+.\"out slightly less frequently.
+.\".Bd -literal -offset indent
+.\"ifconfig carp0 create
+.\"ifconfig carp0 vhid 1 advskew 100 pass mekmitasdigoat 192.168.1.10/24
+.\"ifconfig carp1 create
+.\"ifconfig carp1 vhid 2 advskew 200 pass mekmitasdigoat 192.168.1.10/24
+.\".Ed
+.\".Pp
+.\"The configuration for host B is identical, except the
+.\".Cm advskew
+.\"is on virtual host 1 rather than virtual host 2.
+.\".Bd -literal -offset indent
+.\"ifconfig carp0 create
+.\"ifconfig carp0 vhid 1 advskew 200 pass mekmitasdigoat 192.168.1.10/24
+.\"ifconfig carp1 create
+.\"ifconfig carp1 vhid 2 advskew 100 pass mekmitasdigoat 192.168.1.10/24
+.\".Ed
+.\".Pp
+.\"Finally, the ARP balancing feature must be enabled on both hosts:
+.\".Pp
+.\".Dl sysctl net.inet.carp.arpbalance=1
+.\".Pp
+.\"When the hosts receive an ARP request for 192.168.1.10, the source IP address
+.\"of the request is used to compute which virtual host should answer the request.
+.\"The host which is master of the selected virtual host will reply to the
+.\"request, the other(s) will ignore it.
+.\".Pp
+.\"This way, locally connected systems will receive different ARP replies and
+.\"subsequent IP traffic will be balanced among the hosts.
+.\"If one of the hosts fails, the other will take over the virtual MAC address,
+.\"and begin answering ARP requests on its behalf.
.Pp
-In order to set up an ARP balanced virtual host, it is necessary to configure
-one virtual host for each physical host which would respond to ARP requests
-and thus handle the traffic.
-In the following example, two virtual hosts are configured on two hosts to
-provide balancing and failover for the IP address 192.168.1.10.
-.Pp
-First the
+Processing of
.Nm
-interfaces on host A are configured.
-The
-.Cm advskew
-of 100 on the second virtual host means that its advertisements will be sent
-out slightly less frequently.
+status change events can be set up by using the following devd.conf rule:
.Bd -literal -offset indent
-ifconfig carp0 create
-ifconfig carp0 vhid 1 pass mekmitasdigoat 192.168.1.10/24
-ifconfig carp1 create
-ifconfig carp1 vhid 2 advskew 100 pass mekmitasdigoat 192.168.1.10/24
+notify 0 {
+ match "system" "CARP";
+ match "subsystem" "[0-9]+@[0-9a-z]+";
+ match "type" "(MASTER|BACKUP)";
+ action "/root/carpcontrol.sh $subsystem $type";
+};
.Ed
.Pp
-The configuration for host B is identical, except the
-.Cm advskew
-is on virtual host 1 rather than virtual host 2.
-.Bd -literal -offset indent
-ifconfig carp0 create
-ifconfig carp0 vhid 1 advskew 100 pass mekmitasdigoat 192.168.1.10/24
-ifconfig carp1 create
-ifconfig carp1 vhid 2 pass mekmitasdigoat 192.168.1.10/24
-.Ed
-.Pp
-Finally, the ARP balancing feature must be enabled on both hosts:
-.Pp
-.Dl sysctl net.inet.carp.arpbalance=1
-.Pp
-When the hosts receive an ARP request for 192.168.1.10, the source IP address
-of the request is used to compute which virtual host should answer the request.
-The host which is master of the selected virtual host will reply to the
-request, the other(s) will ignore it.
-.Pp
-This way, locally connected systems will receive different ARP replies and
-subsequent IP traffic will be balanced among the hosts.
-If one of the hosts fails, the other will take over the virtual MAC address,
-and begin answering ARP requests on its behalf.
-.Pp
-Processing of
+To see
.Nm
-status change events can be set up by using the following devd.conf rules:
+packets decoded in
+.Xr tcpdump 8
+output, one needs to specify
+.Fl T Ar carp
+option, otherwise
+.Xr tcpdump 8
+tries to interpret them as VRRP packets:
.Bd -literal -offset indent
-notify 0 {
- match "system" "IFNET";
- match "type" "LINK_UP";
- match "subsystem" "carp*";
- action "/root/carpcontrol.sh $type $subsystem";
-};
-
-notify 0 {
- match "system" "IFNET";
- match "type" "LINK_DOWN";
- match "subsystem" "carp*";
- action "/root/carpcontrol.sh $type $subsystem";
-};
+tcpdump -npi vlan0 -T carp
.Ed
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr inet 4 ,
@@ -294,6 +308,7 @@
.Xr devd.conf 5 ,
.Xr ifconfig 8 ,
.Xr sysctl 8
+.Xr tcpdump 8
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm
@@ -303,3 +318,7 @@
.Nm
device was imported into
.Fx 5.4 .
+In
+.Fx 10.0 ,
+.Nm
+was significantly rewritten, and is no longer a pseudo-interface.
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cas.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cas.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cas.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Marius Strobl <marius at FreeBSD.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cas.4 248253 2013-03-13 18:43:25Z pluknet $
.\"
.Dd March 24, 2012
.Dt CAS 4
@@ -70,7 +71,6 @@
.Xr ifconfig 8
utility configures the adapter to receive and transmit Jumbo Frames.
.Sh HARDWARE
-.Pp
The chips supported by the
.Nm
driver are:
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/cc_cdg.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cc_cdg.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cc_cdg.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2013 Swinburne University of Technology, Melbourne, Australia
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cc_cdg.4 252504 2013-07-02 08:44:56Z lstewart $
+.\"
+.Dd July 2, 2013
+.Dt CC_CDG 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm cc_cdg
+.Nd CDG Congestion Control Algorithm
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+CAIA-Delay Gradient (CDG) is a hybrid congestion control algorithm which reacts
+to both packet loss and inferred queuing delay.
+It attempts to operate as a delay-based algorithm where possible, but utilises
+heuristics to detect loss-based TCP cross traffic and will compete effectively
+as required.
+CDG is therefore incrementally deployable and suitable for use on shared
+networks.
+.Pp
+During delay-based operation, CDG uses a delay-gradient based probabilistic
+backoff mechanism, and will also try to infer non congestion related
+packet losses and avoid backing off when they occur.
+During loss-based operation, CDG essentially reverts to
+.Xr cc_newreno 4 Ns - Ns like
+behaviour.
+.Pp
+CDG switches to loss-based operation when it detects that a configurable number
+of consecutive delay-based backoffs have had no measurable effect.
+It periodically attempts to return to delay-based operation, but will keep
+switching back to loss-based operation as required.
+.Sh MIB Variables
+The algorithm exposes the following variables in the
+.Va net.inet.tcp.cc.cdg
+branch of the
+.Xr sysctl 3
+MIB:
+.Bl -tag -width ".Va exp_backoff_scale"
+.It Va version
+Current algorithm/implementation version number.
+.It Va beta_delay
+Delay-based window decrease factor as a percentage (on delay-based backoff, w =
+w * beta_delay / 100).
+Default is 70.
+.It Va beta_loss
+Loss-based window decrease factor as a percentage (on loss-based backoff, w =
+w * beta_loss / 100).
+Default is 50.
+.It Va exp_backoff_scale
+Scaling parameter for the probabilistic exponential backoff.
+Default is 2.
+.It Va smoothing_factor
+Number of samples used for moving average smoothing (0 means no smoothing).
+Default is 8.
+.It Va loss_compete_consec_cong
+Number of consecutive delay-gradient based congestion episodes which will
+trigger loss-based CC compatibility.
+Default is 5.
+.It Va loss_compete_hold_backoff
+Number of consecutive delay-gradient based congestion episodes to hold the
+window backoff for loss-based CC compatibility.
+Default is 5.
+.It Va alpha_inc
+If non-zero, this enables an experimental mode where CDG's window increase
+factor (alpha) is increased by 1 MSS every
+.Va alpha_inc
+RTTs during congestion avoidance mode.
+(Setting
+.Va alpha_inc
+to 1 results in the most aggressive growth of the window increase factor over
+time.
+Use higher
+.Va alpha_inc
+values for slower growth.)
+Default is 0.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr cc_chd 4 ,
+.Xr cc_cubic 4 ,
+.Xr cc_hd 4 ,
+.Xr cc_htcp 4 ,
+.Xr cc_newreno 4 ,
+.Xr cc_vegas 4 ,
+.Xr h_ertt 4 ,
+.Xr mod_cc 4 ,
+.Xr tcp 4 ,
+.Xr khelp 9 ,
+.Xr mod_cc 9
+.Rs
+.%A "D. A. Hayes"
+.%A "G. Armitage"
+.%T "Revisiting TCP Congestion Control using Delay Gradients"
+.%J "Networking 2011 Proceedings, Part II"
+.%D "May 2011"
+.%P "328-341"
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A "N. Khademi"
+.%A "G. Armitage"
+.%T "Minimising RTT across homogeneous 802.11 WLANs with CAIA Delay-Gradient TCP (v0.1)"
+.%R "CAIA Technical Report 121113A"
+.%D "November 2012"
+.%U "http://caia.swin.edu.au/reports/121113A/CAIA-TR-121113A.pdf"
+.Re
+.Sh ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
+Development and testing of this software were made possible in part by grants
+from the FreeBSD Foundation and The Cisco University Research Program Fund, a
+corporate advised fund of Silicon Valley Community Foundation.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+congestion control module first appeared in
+.Fx 9.2 .
+.Pp
+The module was first released in 2011 by David Hayes whilst working on the
+NewTCP research project at Swinburne University of Technology's Centre for
+Advanced Internet Architectures, Melbourne, Australia.
+More details are available at:
+.Pp
+http://caia.swin.edu.au/urp/newtcp/
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+The
+.Nm
+congestion control module was written by
+.An David Hayes Aq david.hayes at ieee.org .
+This manual page was written by
+.An Lawrence Stewart Aq lstewart at FreeBSD.org
+and
+.An Grenville Armitage Aq garmitage at swin.edu.au .
+.Sh BUGS
+The underlying algorithm and parameter values are still a work in progress and
+may not be optimal for some network scenarios.
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/cc_cdg.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cc_chd.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cc_chd.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cc_chd.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2011 The FreeBSD Foundation
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -27,7 +28,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cc_chd.4 225583 2011-09-15 12:15:36Z lstewart $
.\"
.Dd September 15, 2011
.Dt CC_CHD 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cc_cubic.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cc_cubic.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cc_cubic.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Lawrence Stewart <lstewart at FreeBSD.org>
.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2011 The FreeBSD Foundation
@@ -28,7 +29,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cc_cubic.4 225583 2011-09-15 12:15:36Z lstewart $
.\"
.Dd September 15, 2011
.Dt CC_CUBIC 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cc_hd.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cc_hd.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cc_hd.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2011 The FreeBSD Foundation
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -27,7 +28,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cc_hd.4 225583 2011-09-15 12:15:36Z lstewart $
.\"
.Dd September 15, 2011
.Dt CC_HD 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cc_htcp.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cc_htcp.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cc_htcp.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Lawrence Stewart <lstewart at FreeBSD.org>
.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2011 The FreeBSD Foundation
@@ -28,7 +29,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cc_htcp.4 225583 2011-09-15 12:15:36Z lstewart $
.\"
.Dd September 15, 2011
.Dt CC_HTCP 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cc_newreno.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cc_newreno.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cc_newreno.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Lawrence Stewart <lstewart at FreeBSD.org>
.\" Copyright (c) 2011 The FreeBSD Foundation
@@ -28,7 +29,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cc_newreno.4 225583 2011-09-15 12:15:36Z lstewart $
.\"
.Dd September 15, 2011
.Dt CC_NEWRENO 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cc_vegas.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cc_vegas.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cc_vegas.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2011 The FreeBSD Foundation
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -27,7 +28,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cc_vegas.4 233422 2012-03-24 13:37:57Z joel $
.\"
.Dd September 15, 2011
.Dt CC_VEGAS 4
@@ -39,7 +40,6 @@
The Vegas congestion control algorithm uses what the authors term the actual and
expected transmission rates to determine whether there is congestion along the
network path i.e.
-.Pp
.Bl -item -offset indent
.It
actual rate = (total data sent in a RTT) / RTT
@@ -54,7 +54,6 @@
.Pp
The algorithm aims to keep diff between two parameters alpha and beta, such
that:
-.Pp
.Bl -item -offset indent
.It
alpha < diff < beta
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/ccd.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/ccd.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/ccd.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" $NetBSD: ccd.4,v 1.5 1995/10/09 06:09:09 thorpej Exp $
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1994 Jason Downs.
@@ -32,7 +33,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/ccd.4 248385 2013-03-16 22:02:47Z joel $
.\"
.Dd August 9, 1995
.Dt CCD 4
@@ -279,9 +280,9 @@
.Xr config 8 ,
.Xr disklabel 8 ,
.Xr fsck 8 ,
+.Xr gvinum 8 ,
.Xr mount 8 ,
-.Xr newfs 8 ,
-.Xr vinum 8
+.Xr newfs 8
.Sh HISTORY
The concatenated disk driver was originally written at the University of
Utah.
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cd.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cd.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cd.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 1996
.\" Julian Elischer <julian at FreeBSD.org>. All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -23,9 +24,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cd.4 322860 2017-08-24 21:44:23Z mckusick $
.\"
-.Dd February 8, 2012
+.Dd April 9, 2014
.Dt CD 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -33,8 +34,6 @@
.Nd SCSI CD-ROM driver
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Cd device cd
-.Cd "options ""CHANGER_MIN_BUSY_SECONDS=3"""
-.Cd "options ""CHANGER_MAX_BUSY_SECONDS=11""
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm
@@ -103,79 +102,6 @@
and
.In sys/disklabel.h .
.Bl -tag -width CDIOCREADSUBCHANNEL
-.It Dv DIOCGDINFO
-.It Dv DIOCSDINFO
-.Pq Li "struct disklabel"
-Read or write the in-core copy of the disklabel for the
-drive.
-The disklabel is initialized with information
-read from the scsi inquiry commands, and should be the same as
-the information printed at boot.
-This structure is defined in the header file
-.In sys/disklabel.h .
-.It Dv CDIOCCAPABILITY
-.Pq Li "struct ioc_capability"
-Retrieve information from the drive on what features it supports.
-The information is returned in the following structure:
-.Bd -literal -offset indent
-struct ioc_capability {
- u_long play_function;
-#define CDDOPLAYTRK 0x00000001
- /* Can play tracks/index */
-#define CDDOPLAYMSF 0x00000002
- /* Can play msf to msf */
-#define CDDOPLAYBLOCKS 0x00000004
- /* Can play range of blocks */
-#define CDDOPAUSE 0x00000100
- /* Output can be paused */
-#define CDDORESUME 0x00000200
- /* Output can be resumed */
-#define CDDORESET 0x00000400
- /* Drive can be completely reset */
-#define CDDOSTART 0x00000800
- /* Audio can be started */
-#define CDDOSTOP 0x00001000
- /* Audio can be stopped */
-#define CDDOPITCH 0x00002000
- /* Audio pitch can be changed */
-
- u_long routing_function;
-#define CDREADVOLUME 0x00000001
- /* Volume settings can be read */
-#define CDSETVOLUME 0x00000002
- /* Volume settings can be set */
-#define CDSETMONO 0x00000100
- /* Output can be set to mono */
-#define CDSETSTEREO 0x00000200
- /* Output can be set to stereo (def) */
-#define CDSETLEFT 0x00000400
- /* Output can be set to left only */
-#define CDSETRIGHT 0x00000800
- /* Output can be set to right only */
-#define CDSETMUTE 0x00001000
- /* Output can be muted */
-#define CDSETPATCH 0x00008000
- /* Direct routing control allowed */
-
- u_long special_function;
-#define CDDOEJECT 0x00000001
- /* The tray can be opened */
-#define CDDOCLOSE 0x00000002
- /* The tray can be closed */
-#define CDDOLOCK 0x00000004
- /* The tray can be locked */
-#define CDREADHEADER 0x00000100
- /* Can read Table of Contents */
-#define CDREADENTRIES 0x00000200
- /* Can read TOC Entries */
-#define CDREADSUBQ 0x00000200
- /* Can read Subchannel info */
-#define CDREADRW 0x00000400
- /* Can read subcodes R-W */
-#define CDHASDEBUG 0x00004000
- /* The tray has dynamic debugging */
-};
-.Ed
.It Dv CDIOCPLAYTRACKS
.Pq Li "struct ioc_play_track"
Start audio playback given a track address and length.
@@ -320,24 +246,6 @@
.It Dv CDIOCCLOSE
Tell the drive to close its door and load the media.
Not all drives support this feature.
-.It Dv CDIOCPITCH
-.Pq Li "struct ioc_pitch"
-For drives that support it, this command instructs the drive to play
-the audio at a faster or slower rate than normal.
-Values of
-.Li speed
-between -32767 and -1 result in slower playback; a zero value
-indicates normal speed; and values from 1 to 32767 give faster
-playback.
-Drives with less than 16 bits of resolution will silently
-ignore less-significant bits.
-The structure is defined thusly:
-.Bd -literal -offset indent
-struct ioc_pitch
-{
- short speed;
-};
-.Ed
.El
.Sh NOTES
When a
@@ -369,65 +277,6 @@
some of the more common `broken'
.Tn CD-ROM
drives; however, this is not yet under way.
-.Sh CHANGER OPERATION
-This driver has built-in support for LUN-based CD changers.
-A LUN-based CD
-changer is a drive that can hold two or more CDs, but only has one CD
-player mechanism.
-Each CD in the drive shows up as a separate logical unit
-on the
-.Tn SCSI
-bus.
-The
-.Nm
-driver automatically recognizes LUN-based changers, and routes commands for
-changers through an internal scheduler.
-The scheduler prevents changer
-"thrashing", which is caused by sending commands to different LUNs in the
-changer at the same time.
-.Pp
-The scheduler honors minimum and maximum time
-quanta that the driver will spend on a particular LUN.
-The minimum time
-is the guaranteed minimum amount of time that the driver will spend on a
-given LUN, even if there is no outstanding I/O for that LUN.
-The maximum
-time is the maximum amount of time the changer will spend on a LUN if there
-is outstanding I/O for another LUN.
-If there is no outstanding I/O for
-another LUN, the driver will allow indefinite access to a given LUN.
-.Pp
-The minimum and maximum time quanta are configurable via kernel options and
-also via sysctl and kernel tunable variables.
-The kernel options are:
-.Pp
-.Bl -item -compact
-.It
-.Cd "options ""CHANGER_MIN_BUSY_SECONDS=3"""
-.It
-.Cd "options ""CHANGER_MAX_BUSY_SECONDS=11"""
-.El
-.Pp
-The sysctl/kernel tunable variables are:
-.Pp
-.Bl -item -compact
-.It
-.Va kern.cam.cd.changer.min_busy_seconds
-.It
-.Va kern.cam.cd.changer.max_busy_seconds
-.El
-.Pp
-It is suggested that the user try experimenting with the minimum and
-maximum timeouts via the sysctl variables to arrive at the proper values
-for your changer.
-Once you have settled on the proper timeouts for your
-changer, you can then put them in your kernel config file.
-.Pp
-If your system does have a LUN-based changer, you may notice that the
-probe messages for the various LUNs of the changer will continue to appear
-while the boot process is going on.
-This is normal, and is caused by the
-changer scheduling code.
.Sh SYSCTL VARIABLES
The following variables are available as both
.Xr sysctl 8
@@ -478,12 +327,6 @@
are 6 and 10.
Any value above 6 will be rounded to 10, and any value below
6 will be rounded to 6.
-.It kern.cam.cd.changer.min_busy_seconds
-.It kern.cam.cd.changer.max_busy_seconds
-.Pp
-Tune how long individual LUNs are 'locked' for I/O operations to
-optimize changer operation.
-See CHANGER OPERATION section for information on how to use these items.
.El
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width /dev/cd[0-9][a-h] -compact
@@ -518,21 +361,3 @@
the names of the
.Fn ioctl
commands.
-.Pp
-There is no mechanism currently to set different minimum and maximum
-timeouts for different CD changers; the timeout values set by the kernel
-options or the sysctl variables apply to all LUN-based CD changers in the
-system.
-It is possible to implement such support, but the sysctl
-implementation at least would be rather inelegant, because of the current
-inability of the sysctl code to handle the addition of nodes after compile
-time.
-Thus, it would take one dynamically sized sysctl variable and a
-userland utility to get/set the timeout values.
-Implementation of separate
-timeouts for different CD devices in the kernel config file would likely
-require modification of
-.Xr config 8
-to support the two timeouts when hardwiring
-.Nm
-devices.
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cdce.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cdce.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cdce.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2004 Daniel Hartmeier
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -26,9 +27,9 @@
.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" $NetBSD: cdce.4,v 1.4 2004/12/08 18:35:56 peter Exp $
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cdce.4 291844 2015-12-05 07:46:37Z kevlo $
.\"
-.Dd September 17, 2005
+.Dd November 24, 2015
.Dt CDCE 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -42,6 +43,8 @@
.Cd "device uhci"
.Cd "device ohci"
.Cd "device usb"
+.Cd "device miibus"
+.Cd "device uether"
.Cd "device cdce"
.Ed
.Pp
@@ -114,9 +117,10 @@
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr arp 4 ,
.Xr intro 4 ,
+.Xr ipheth 4 ,
.Xr netintro 4 ,
+.Xr urndis 4 ,
.Xr usb 4 ,
-.\" .Xr hostname.if 5 ,
.Xr ifconfig 8
.Rs
.%T "Universal Serial Bus Class Definitions for Communication Devices"
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/cfi.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cfi.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cfi.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\"-
+.\" Copyright (c) 2015-2016 SRI International
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This software was developed by SRI International and the University of
+.\" Cambridge Computer Laboratory under DARPA/AFRL contract (FA8750-10-C-0237)
+.\" ("CTSRD"), as part of the DARPA CRASH research programme.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cfi.4 295018 2016-01-28 22:08:42Z brooks $
+.\"
+.Dd January 20, 2016
+.Dt CFI 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm cfi ,
+.Nm cfid
+.Nd driver for Common Flash Interface (CFI) NOR flash
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Cd "device cfi"
+.Cd "device cfid"
+.Cd "options CFI_SUPPORT_STRATAFLASH"
+.Cd "options CFI_ARMEDANDDANGEROUS"
+.Pp
+In
+.Pa /boot/device.hints :
+.Cd hint.cfi.0.at="nexus0"
+.Cd hint.cfi.0.maddr=0x74000000
+.Cd hint.cfi.0.msize=0x4000000
+.Pp
+In DTS file:
+.Cd flash at 74000000 {
+.Cd " compatible =" Qo cfi-flash Qc ;
+.Cd " reg = <0x74000000 0x4000000>;"
+.Cd };
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+device driver provides a management interface to NOR flash devices supporting
+the Common Flash Interface (CFI) specification.
+Its companion device
+.Nm cfid
+provides a
+.Xr geom 4
+disk interface to the device.
+.Pp
+Special support for features of the Intel StrataFlash line are available
+with the
+.Cd CFI_SUPPORT_STRATAFLASH
+kernel option.
+Additional support for write-once bits to switch part of Intel StrataFlash
+devices to read-only can be enabled by the
+.Cd CFI_ARMEDANDDANGEROUS
+kernel option.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr led 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+device driver first appeared in
+.Fx 8.0 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+The
+.Nm
+driver was written by
+.An Juniper Networks
+with StrataFlash support by
+.An Sam Leffler .
+This manual page was written by SRI International and the University of
+Cambridge Computer Laboratory under DARPA/AFRL contract
+.Pq FA8750-10-C-0237
+.Pq Do CTSRD Dc ,
+as part of the DARPA CRASH research programme.
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/cfi.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/ch.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/ch.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/ch.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/ch.4 235317 2012-05-12 03:25:46Z gjb $
.\" Copyright (c) 1996
.\" Julian Elischer <julian at FreeBSD.org>. All rights reserved.
.\"
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/ciss.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/ciss.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/ciss.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/ciss.4 253980 2013-08-06 03:17:01Z sbruno $
.\" Written by Tom Rhodes
.\" This file is in the public domain.
.\"
@@ -62,14 +63,11 @@
.Pp
Currently
.Nm
-only supports the
+supports the
.Dq simple
-transport layer over PCI.
-This interface (ab)uses the I2O register set (specifically the post
-queues) to exchange commands with the adapter.
-Other interfaces are available, but we are not supposed to know about them,
-and it is dubious whether they would provide major performance improvements
-except under extreme load.
+and
+.Dq performant
+transport layer.
.Pp
Non-disk devices (such as internal DATs and devices
attached to the external SCSI bus) are supported as normal CAM devices
@@ -82,8 +80,8 @@
drives) are only exposed as
.Xr pass 4
devices.
-Hot-insertion and removal of devices is supported but a bus
-rescan might be necessary.
+Hot-insertion and removal of devices is supported and notification messages
+will be reported to the console and logs.
.Pp
The problem which adapter freezes with the message
.Dq ADAPTER HEARTBEAT FAILED
@@ -97,7 +95,7 @@
.Pp
.Bl -bullet -compact
.It
-Compaq Smart Array 5300
+Compaq Smart Array 5300 (simple mode only)
.It
Compaq Smart Array 532
.It
@@ -125,6 +123,8 @@
.It
HP Smart Array P222
.It
+HP Smart Array P230i
+.It
HP Smart Array P400
.It
HP Smart Array P400i
@@ -141,14 +141,30 @@
.It
HP Smart Array P421
.It
+HP Smart Array P430
+.It
+HP Smart Array P430i
+.It
+HP Smart Array P431
+.It
+HP Smart Array P530
+.It
+HP Smart Array P531
+.It
HP Smart Array P600
.It
HP Smart Array P721m
.It
+HP Smart Array P731m
+.It
HP Smart Array P800
.It
HP Smart Array P812
.It
+HP Smart Array P830
+.It
+HP Smart Array P830i
+.It
HP Modular Smart Array 20 (MSA20)
.It
HP Modular Smart Array 500 (MSA500)
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cm.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cm.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cm.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2004 Tom Rhodes
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cm.4 151046 2005-10-07 02:32:16Z trhodes $
.\"
.Dd July 16, 2005
.Dt CM 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cmx.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cmx.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cmx.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel Roethlisberger <daniel at roe.ch>
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -24,7 +25,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cmx.4 210933 2010-08-06 14:33:42Z joel $
.\"
.Dd July 7, 2007
.Dt CMX 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cnw.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cnw.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cnw.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" $NetBSD: cnw.4,v 1.12 2001/09/12 18:19:17 wiz Exp $
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1997 Berkeley Software Design, Inc. All rights reserved.
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/coretemp.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/coretemp.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/coretemp.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"-
.\" Copyright (c) 2007 Dag-Erling Coïdan Smørgrav
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/coretemp.4 222176 2011-05-22 14:03:30Z uqs $
.\"
.Dd August 23, 2007
.Dt CORETEMP 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cpuctl.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cpuctl.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cpuctl.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2006-2008 Stanislav Sedov <stas at FreeBSD.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,9 +23,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cpuctl.4 316440 2017-04-03 06:09:12Z delphij $
.\"
-.Dd June 30, 2009
+.Dd June 20, 2014
.Dt CPUCTL 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -65,7 +66,7 @@
.Xr ioctl 2
system call.
Currently, the following ioctls are defined:
-.Bl -tag -width CPUCTL_UPDATE
+.Bl -tag -width CPUCTL_CPUID_COUNT
.It Dv CPUCTL_RDMSR Fa cpuctl_msr_args_t *args
.It Dv CPUCTL_WRMSR Fa cpuctl_msr_args_t *args
Read/write CPU machine specific register.
@@ -87,20 +88,59 @@
field.
.It Dv CPUCTL_CPUID Fa cpuctl_cpuid_args_t *args
Retrieve CPUID information.
-Arguments are supplied in
-the following struct:
+Arguments are supplied in the following structure:
.Bd -literal
typedef struct {
- int level; /* CPUID level */
+ int level; /* CPUID level */
uint32_t data[4];
} cpuctl_cpuid_args_t;
.Ed
+It is equivalent to the
+.Dv CPUCTL_CPUID_COUNT
+request with
+.Va level_type
+set to 0.
+.It Dv CPUCTL_CPUID_COUNT Fa cpuctl_cpuid_count_args_t *args
+Retrieve CPUID information.
+Arguments are supplied in the following structure:
+.Bd -literal
+typedef struct {
+ int level; /* CPUID level */
+ int level_type; /* CPUID level type */
+ uint32_t data[4];
+} cpuctl_cpuid_count_args_t;
+.Ed
+The
+.Va level
+field indicates the CPUID level to retrieve,
+it is loaded into the
+.Va %eax
+register before the CPUID instruction is executed,
+The
+.Va level_type
+field indicates the CPUID level type to retrieve,
+it is loaded into the
+.Va %ecx
+register.
.Pp
The
-.Va level
-field indicates the CPUID level to retrieve information for, while the
.Va data
field is used to store the received CPUID data.
+That is,
+.Va data[0]
+contains the value of
+.Va %eax
+register after the CPUID instruction is executed,
+.Va data[1]
+is for
+.Va %ebx ,
+.Va data[2]
+for
+.Va %ecx ,
+and
+.Va data[3]
+for
+.Va %edx .
.It Dv CPUCTL_UPDATE cpuctl_update_args_t *args
Update CPU firmware (microcode).
The structure is defined in
@@ -121,7 +161,11 @@
.Pp
For additional information refer to
.Pa cpuctl.h .
-.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /dev/cpuctl -compact
+.It Pa /dev/cpuctl
+.El
+.Sh ERRORS
.Bl -tag -width Er
.It Bq Er ENXIO
The operation requested is not supported by the device (e.g., unsupported
@@ -133,10 +177,6 @@
.It Bq Er EFAULT
The firmware image address points outside the process address space.
.El
-.Sh FILES
-.Bl -tag -width /dev/cpuctl -compact
-.It Pa /dev/cpuctl
-.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr hwpmc 4 ,
.Xr cpucontrol 8
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cpufreq.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cpufreq.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cpufreq.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2005 Nate Lawson
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cpufreq.4 237330 2012-06-20 17:26:22Z sbruno $
.\"
.Dd March 3, 2006
.Dt CPUFREQ 4
@@ -287,6 +288,7 @@
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr acpi 4 ,
.Xr est 4 ,
+.Xr timecounters 4 ,
.Xr powerd 8 ,
.Xr sysctl 8
.Sh AUTHORS
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/crypto.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/crypto.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/crypto.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" $OpenBSD: crypto.4,v 1.4 2002/09/12 07:15:03 deraadt Exp $
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Theo de Raadt
@@ -26,7 +27,7 @@
.\" ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/crypto.4 212389 2010-09-09 21:39:06Z brueffer $
.\"
.Dd September 7, 2010
.Dt CRYPTO 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/ctl.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/ctl.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/ctl.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2013 Edward Tomasz Napierala
+.\" Copyright (c) 2015-2017 Alexander Motin <mav at FreeBSD.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -22,18 +24,19 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $FreeBSD$
-.Dd March 8, 2013
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/ctl.4 319097 2017-05-29 06:31:04Z ngie $
+.Dd March 19, 2017
.Dt CTL 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm ctl
-.Nd CAM Target Layer
+.Nd CAM Target Layer / iSCSI target subsystem
.Sh SYNOPSIS
To compile this driver into the kernel,
place the following line in your
kernel configuration file:
.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd "device iscsi"
.Cd "device ctl"
.Ed
.Pp
@@ -46,37 +49,172 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm
-subsystem provides SCSI disk and processor emulation.
+subsystem provides SCSI target devices emulation.
It supports features such as:
.Pp
.Bl -bullet -compact
.It
-Disk and processor device emulation
+Disk, CD-ROM and processor device emulation
.It
Tagged queueing
.It
SCSI task attribute support (ordered, head of queue, simple tags)
.It
-SCSI implicit command ordering support.
+SCSI implicit command ordering support
.It
-Full task management support (abort, LUN reset, target reset, etc.)
+Full task management support (abort, query, reset, etc.)
.It
-Support for multiple ports
+Support for multiple ports, initiators, targets and backing stores
.It
-Support for multiple simultaneous initiators
+Support for VMWare VAAI and Microsoft ODX offload (COMPARE AND WRITE,
+XCOPY, POPULATE TOKEN/WRITE USING TOKEN, WRITE SAME and UNMAP)
.It
-Support for multiple simultaneous backing stores
-.It
Persistent reservation support
.It
-Mode sense/select support
+Extensive VPD/mode/log pages support
.It
-Error injection support
+Featured error reporting, error injection and basic SMART support
.It
+High Availability clustering support with ALUA
+.It
All I/O handled in-kernel, no userland context switch overhead
.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+subsystem includes multiple frontends to provide access using different
+transport protocols and implementations:
+.Bl -tag -width cfumass
+.It camsim
+Provides access for local system via virtual initiator mode
+.Xr CAM 4
+SIM.
+.It camtgt
+Provides access for remote systems via target mode
+.Xr CAM 4
+SIMs, such as Fibre Channel
+.Xr isp 4
+and
+.Xr mpt 4 .
+.It cfumass
+Provides access for remote systems via USB Mass Storage Class
+Bulk Only (BBB) Transport.
+.It ha
+Internal frontend used to receive requests from other node ports in
+High Availability cluster.
+.It ioctl
+Provides access for local user-level applications via
+.Xr ioctl 2
+based API.
+.It iscsi
+Combined with
+.Xr iscsi 4
+and
+.Xr ctld 8 ,
+provides access for remote systems via iSCSI protocol.
+.It tpc
+Internal frontend used to receive requests from Third Party Copy engine,
+implementing copy offload operations.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+subsystem includes two backends to create logical units using different
+kinds of backing stores:
+.Bl -tag -width ramdisk
+.It block
+Stores data in ZFS ZVOLs, files or raw block devices.
+.It ramdisk
+Stores data in RAM, that makes it mostly useful for performance testing.
+Depending on configured capacity can work as black hole, thin or thick
+provisioned disk.
+.El
+.Sh SYSCTL VARIABLES
+The following variables are available as both
+.Xr sysctl 8
+variables and
+.Xr loader 8
+tunables:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Va kern.cam.ctl.debug
+Bit mask of enabled CTL log levels:
+.Bl -tag -offset indent -compact
+.It 1
+log commands with errors;
+.It 2
+log all commands;
+.It 4
+log data for commands other then READ/WRITE.
+.El
+Defaults to 0.
+.It Va kern.cam.ctl.ha_id
+Specifies unique position of this node within High Availability cluster.
+Default is 0 -- no HA, 1 and 2 -- HA enabled at specified position.
+.It Va kern.cam.ctl.ha_mode
+Specifies High Availability cluster operation mode:
+.Bl -tag -offset indent -compact
+.It 0
+Active/Standby -- primary node has backend access and processes requests,
+while secondary can only do basic LUN discovery and reservation;
+.It 1
+Active/Active -- both nodes have backend access and process requests,
+while secondary node synchronizes processing with primary one;
+.It 2
+Active/Active -- primary node has backend access and processes requests,
+while secondary node forwards all requests and data to primary one;
+.El
+All above modes require established connection between HA cluster nodes.
+If connection is not configured, secondary node will report Unavailable
+state; if configured but not established -- Transitioning state.
+Defaults to 0.
+.It Va kern.cam.ctl.ha_peer
+String value, specifying method to establish connection to peer HA node.
+Can be "listen IP:port", "connect IP:port" or empty.
+.It Va kern.cam.ctl.ha_link
+Reports present state of connection between HA cluster nodes:
+.Bl -tag -offset indent -compact
+.It 0
+not configured;
+.It 1
+configured but not established;
+.It 2
+established.
+.El
+.It Va kern.cam.ctl.ha_role
+Specifies default role of this node:
+.Bl -tag -offset indent -compact
+.It 0
+primary;
+.It 1
+secondary.
+.El
+This role can be overridden on per-LUN basis using "ha_role" LUN option,
+so that for one LUN one node is primary, while for another -- another.
+Role change from primary to secondary for HA modes 0 and 2 closes backends,
+the opposite change -- opens.
+If there is no primary node (both nodes are secondary, or secondary node has
+no connection to primary one), secondary node(s) report Transitioning state.
+State with two primary nodes is illegal (split brain condition).
+.It Va kern.cam.ctl.iscsi.debug
+Verbosity level for log messages from the kernel part of iSCSI target.
+Set to 0 to disable logging or 1 to warn about potential problems.
+Larger values enable debugging output.
+Defaults to 1.
+.It Va kern.cam.ctl.iscsi.maxcmdsn_delta
+The number of outstanding commands to advertise to the iSCSI initiator.
+Technically, it is the difference between ExpCmdSN and MaxCmdSN fields
+in the iSCSI PDU.
+Defaults to 256.
+.It Va kern.cam.ctl.iscsi.ping_timeout
+The number of seconds to wait for the iSCSI initiator to respond to a NOP-In
+PDU.
+In the event that there is no response within that time the session gets
+forcibly terminated.
+Set to 0 to disable sending NOP-In PDUs.
+Defaults to 5.
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr ctladm 8 ,
+.Xr ctld 8 ,
.Xr ctlstat 8
.Sh HISTORY
The
@@ -86,5 +224,7 @@
.Sh AUTHORS
The
.Nm
-subsystem was written by
-.An Kenneth Merry Aq ken at FreeBSD.org .
+subsystem was originally written by
+.An Kenneth Merry Aq Mt ken at FreeBSD.org .
+Later work was done by
+.An Alexander Motin Aq Mt mav at FreeBSD.org .
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cue.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cue.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cue.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
.\" Bill Paul <wpaul at ee.columbia.edu>. All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -28,9 +29,9 @@
.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
.\" THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cue.4 291844 2015-12-05 07:46:37Z kevlo $
.\"
-.Dd July 16, 2005
+.Dd November 24, 2015
.Dt CUE 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -44,6 +45,8 @@
.Cd "device uhci"
.Cd "device ohci"
.Cd "device usb"
+.Cd "device miibus"
+.Cd "device uether"
.Cd "device cue"
.Ed
.Pp
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cxgb.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cxgb.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cxgb.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2007-2008, Chelsio Inc
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -29,7 +30,7 @@
.\"
.\" * Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cxgb.4 205076 2010-03-12 10:01:06Z uqs $
.\"
.Dd March 14, 2007
.Dt CXGB 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cxgbe.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cxgbe.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cxgbe.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2011-2012, Chelsio Inc
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011-2016, Chelsio Inc
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -29,14 +30,14 @@
.\"
.\" * Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cxgbe.4 318809 2017-05-24 20:29:20Z np $
.\"
-.Dd February 25, 2012
+.Dd December 22, 2016
.Dt CXGBE 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm cxgbe
-.Nd "Chelsio T4 10Gb and 1Gb Ethernet adapter driver"
+.Nd "Chelsio T4-, T5-, and T6-based 100Gb, 40Gb, 25Gb, 10Gb, and 1Gb Ethernet adapter driver"
.Sh SYNOPSIS
To compile this driver into the kernel,
place the following lines in your
@@ -46,9 +47,12 @@
.Ed
.Pp
To load the driver as a
-module at boot time, place the following line in
+module at boot time, place the following lines in
.Xr loader.conf 5 :
.Bd -literal -offset indent
+t4fw_cfg_load="YES"
+t5fw_cfg_load="YES"
+t6fw_cfg_load="YES"
if_cxgbe_load="YES"
.Ed
.Sh DESCRIPTION
@@ -55,7 +59,7 @@
The
.Nm
driver provides support for PCI Express Ethernet adapters based on
-the Chelsio Terminator 4 (T4) ASIC.
+the Chelsio Terminator 4, Terminator 5, and Terminator 6 ASICs (T4, T5, and T6).
The driver supports Jumbo Frames, Transmit/Receive checksum offload,
TCP segmentation offload (TSO), Large Receive Offload (LRO), VLAN
tag insertion/extraction, VLAN checksum offload, VLAN TSO, and
@@ -64,11 +68,78 @@
requirements, see
.Pa http://www.chelsio.com/ .
.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+driver uses different names for devices based on the associated ASIC:
+.Bl -column -offset indent "ASIC" "Port Name" "Parent Device"
+.It Sy ASIC Ta Sy Port Name Ta Sy Parent Device Ta Sy Virtual Interface
+.It T4 Ta cxgbe Ta t4nex Ta vcxgbe
+.It T5 Ta cxl Ta t5nex Ta vcxl
+.It T6 Ta cc Ta t6nex Ta vcc
+.El
+
+.Pp
+Loader tunables with the hw.cxgbe prefix apply to all cards.
+The driver provides sysctl MIBs for both ports and parent devices using
+the names above.
+For example, a T5 adapter provides port MIBs under dev.cxl and
+adapter-wide MIBs under dev.t5nex.
+References to sysctl MIBs in the remainder of this page use
+dev.<port> for port MIBs and dev.<nexus> for adapter-wide MIBs.
+.Pp
For more information on configuring this device, see
.Xr ifconfig 8 .
.Sh HARDWARE
The
.Nm
+driver supports 100Gb and 25Gb Ethernet adapters based on the T6 ASIC:
+.Pp
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
+Chelsio T6225-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T6225-SO-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T62100-LP-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T62100-SO-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T62100-CR
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+driver supports 40Gb, 10Gb and 1Gb Ethernet adapters based on the T5 ASIC:
+.Pp
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
+Chelsio T580-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T580-LP-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T580-LP-SO-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T560-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T540-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T540-LP-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T522-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T520-LL-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T520-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T520-SO
+.It
+Chelsio T520-BT
+.It
+Chelsio T504-BT
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
driver supports 10Gb and 1Gb Ethernet adapters based on the T4 ASIC:
.Pp
.Bl -bullet -compact
@@ -98,86 +169,95 @@
.Xr loader 8
prompt before booting the kernel or stored in
.Xr loader.conf 5 .
+There are multiple tunables that control the number of queues of various
+types.
+A negative value for such a tunable instructs the driver to create
+up to that many queues if there are enough CPU cores available.
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It Va hw.cxgbe.ntxq10g
-The number of tx queues to use for a 10Gb port.
+Number of tx queues used for a 10Gb or higher-speed port.
The default is 16 or the number
of CPU cores in the system, whichever is less.
.It Va hw.cxgbe.nrxq10g
-The number of rx queues to use for a 10Gb port.
+Number of rx queues used for a 10Gb or higher-speed port.
The default is 8 or the number
of CPU cores in the system, whichever is less.
.It Va hw.cxgbe.ntxq1g
-The number of tx queues to use for a 1Gb port.
+Number of tx queues used for a 1Gb port.
The default is 4 or the number
of CPU cores in the system, whichever is less.
.It Va hw.cxgbe.nrxq1g
-The number of rx queues to use for a 1Gb port.
+Number of rx queues used for a 1Gb port.
The default is 2 or the number
of CPU cores in the system, whichever is less.
.It Va hw.cxgbe.nofldtxq10g
-The number of TOE tx queues to use for a 10Gb port.
+Number of TOE tx queues used for a 10Gb or higher-speed port.
The default is 8 or the
number of CPU cores in the system, whichever is less.
.It Va hw.cxgbe.nofldrxq10g
-The number of TOE rx queues to use for a 10Gb port.
+Number of TOE rx queues used for a 10Gb or higher-speed port.
The default is 2 or the
number of CPU cores in the system, whichever is less.
.It Va hw.cxgbe.nofldtxq1g
-The number of TOE tx queues to use for a 1Gb port.
+Number of TOE tx queues used for a 1Gb port.
The default is 2 or the
number of CPU cores in the system, whichever is less.
.It Va hw.cxgbe.nofldrxq1g
-The number of TOE rx queues to use for a 1Gb port.
+Number of TOE rx queues used for a 1Gb port.
The default is 1.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.num_vis
+Number of virtual interfaces (VIs) created for each port.
+Each virtual interface creates a separate network interface.
+The first virtual interface on each port is required and represents
+the primary network interface on the port.
+Additional virtual interfaces on a port are named using the Virtual Interface
+name from the table above.
+Additional virtual interfaces use a single pair of queues
+for rx and tx as well an additional pair of queues for TOE rx and tx.
+The default is 1.
.It Va hw.cxgbe.holdoff_timer_idx_10G
.It Va hw.cxgbe.holdoff_timer_idx_1G
-The timer index value to use to delay interrupts.
+Timer index value used to delay interrupts.
The holdoff timer list has the values 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, and 200
by default (all values are in microseconds) and the index selects a
value from this list.
-The default value is 1 for both 10Gb and 1Gb ports, which means the
-timer value is 5us.
-Different cxgbe interfaces can be assigned different values at any time via the
-dev.cxgbe.X.holdoff_tmr_idx sysctl.
+The default value is 1 which means the timer value is 5us.
+Different interfaces can be assigned different values at any time via the
+dev.<port>.X.holdoff_tmr_idx sysctl.
.It Va hw.cxgbe.holdoff_pktc_idx_10G
.It Va hw.cxgbe.holdoff_pktc_idx_1G
-The packet-count index value to use to delay interrupts.
-The packet-count list has the values 1, 8, 16, and 32 by default
+Packet-count index value used to delay interrupts.
+The packet-count list has the values 1, 8, 16, and 32 by default,
and the index selects a value from this list.
-The default value is -1 for both 10Gb and 1Gb ports, which means packet
-counting is disabled and interrupts are generated based solely on the
-holdoff timer value.
-Different cxgbe interfaces can be assigned different values via the
-dev.cxgbe.X.holdoff_pktc_idx sysctl.
+The default value is -1 which means packet counting is disabled and interrupts
+are generated based solely on the holdoff timer value.
+Different interfaces can be assigned different values via the
+dev.<port>.X.holdoff_pktc_idx sysctl.
This sysctl works only when the interface has never been marked up (as done by
ifconfig up).
.It Va hw.cxgbe.qsize_txq
-The size, in number of entries, of the descriptor ring used for a tx
-queue.
+Number of entries in a transmit queue's descriptor ring.
A buf_ring of the same size is also allocated for additional
software queuing.
See
.Xr ifnet 9 .
The default value is 1024.
-Different cxgbe interfaces can be assigned different values via the
-dev.cxgbe.X.qsize_txq sysctl.
+Different interfaces can be assigned different values via the
+dev.<port>.X.qsize_txq sysctl.
This sysctl works only when the interface has never been marked up (as done by
ifconfig up).
.It Va hw.cxgbe.qsize_rxq
-The size, in number of entries, of the descriptor ring used for an
-rx queue.
+Number of entries in a receive queue's descriptor ring.
The default value is 1024.
-Different cxgbe interfaces can be assigned different values via the
-dev.cxgbe.X.qsize_rxq sysctl.
+Different interfaces can be assigned different values via the
+dev.<port>.X.qsize_rxq sysctl.
This sysctl works only when the interface has never been marked up (as done by
ifconfig up).
.It Va hw.cxgbe.interrupt_types
-The interrupt types that the driver is allowed to use.
-Bit 0 represents INTx (line interrupts), bit 1 MSI, bit 2 MSI-X.
+Permitted interrupt types.
+Bit 0 represents INTx (line interrupts), bit 1 MSI, and bit 2 MSI-X.
The default is 7 (all allowed).
-The driver will select the best possible type out of the allowed types by
-itself.
+The driver selects the best possible type out of the allowed types.
.It Va hw.cxgbe.fw_install
0 prohibits the driver from installing a firmware on the card.
1 allows the driver to install a new firmware if internal driver
@@ -187,6 +267,72 @@
long as it is compatible with the driver and is a different version than
the one already on the card.
The default is 1.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.fl_pktshift
+Number of padding bytes inserted before the beginning of an Ethernet
+frame in the receive buffer.
+The default value of 2 ensures that the Ethernet payload (usually the IP header)
+is at a 4 byte aligned address.
+0-7 are all valid values.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.fl_pad
+A non-zero value ensures that writes from the hardware to a receive buffer are
+padded up to the specified boundary.
+The default is -1 which lets the driver pick a pad boundary.
+0 disables trailer padding completely.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.cong_drop
+Controls the hardware response to congestion.
+-1 disables congestion feedback and is not recommended.
+0 instructs the hardware to backpressure its pipeline on congestion.
+This usually results in the port emitting PAUSE frames.
+1 instructs the hardware to drop frames destined for congested queues.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.pause_settings
+PAUSE frame settings.
+Bit 0 is rx_pause, bit 1 is tx_pause.
+rx_pause = 1 instructs the hardware to heed incoming PAUSE frames, 0 instructs
+it to ignore them.
+tx_pause = 1 allows the hardware to emit PAUSE frames when its receive FIFO
+reaches a high threshold, 0 prohibits the hardware from emitting PAUSE frames.
+The default is 3 (both rx_pause and tx_pause = 1).
+This tunable establishes the default PAUSE settings for all ports.
+Settings can be displayed and controlled on a per-port basis via the
+dev.<port>.X.pause_settings sysctl.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.fec
+FEC (Forward Error Correction) settings.
+0 diables FEC.
+Bit 0 enables RS FEC, bit 1 enables BASE-R RS, bit 3 is reserved.
+The default is -1 which lets the driver pick a value.
+This tunable establishes the default FEC settings for all ports.
+Settings can be displayed and controlled on a per-port basis via the
+dev.<port>.X.fec sysctl.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.autoneg
+Link autonegotiation settings.
+This tunable establishes the default autonegotiation settings for all ports.
+Settings can be displayed and controlled on a per-port basis via the
+dev.<port>.X.autoneg sysctl.
+0 disables autonegotiation.
+1 enables autonegotiation.
+The default is -1 which lets the driver pick a value.
+dev.<port>.X.autoneg is -1 for port and module combinations that do not support
+autonegotiation.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.buffer_packing
+Allow the hardware to deliver multiple frames in the same receive buffer
+opportunistically.
+The default is -1 which lets the driver decide.
+0 or 1 explicitly disable or enable this feature.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.allow_mbufs_in_cluster
+1 allows the driver to lay down one or more mbufs within the receive buffer
+opportunistically. This is the default.
+0 prohibits the driver from doing so.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.largest_rx_cluster
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.safest_rx_cluster
+Sizes of rx clusters. Each of these must be set to one of the sizes available
+(usually 2048, 4096, 9216, and 16384) and largest_rx_cluster must be greater
+than or equal to safest_rx_cluster.
+The defaults are 16384 and 4096 respectively.
+The driver never attempts to allocate a receive buffer larger than
+largest_rx_cluster and falls back to allocating buffers of
+safest_rx_cluster size if an allocation larger than safest_rx_cluster fails.
+Note that largest_rx_cluster merely establishes a ceiling -- the driver is
+allowed to allocate buffers of smaller sizes.
.It Va hw.cxgbe.config_file
Select a pre-packaged device configuration file.
A configuration file contains a recipe for partitioning and configuring the
@@ -193,8 +339,8 @@
hardware resources on the card.
This tunable is for specialized applications only and should not be used in
normal operation.
-The configuration profile currently in use is available in the dev.t4nex.X.cf
-and dev.t4nex.X.cfcsum sysctls.
+The configuration profile currently in use is available in the dev.<nexus>.X.cf
+and dev.<nexus>.X.cfcsum sysctls.
.It Va hw.cxgbe.linkcaps_allowed
.It Va hw.cxgbe.niccaps_allowed
.It Va hw.cxgbe.toecaps_allowed
@@ -208,7 +354,7 @@
This tunable is for specialized applications only and should not be used in
normal operation.
The capabilities for which hardware resources have been reserved are listed in
-dev.t4nex.X.*caps sysctls.
+dev.<nexus>.X.*caps sysctls.
.El
.Sh SUPPORT
For general information and support,
@@ -222,6 +368,7 @@
.Xr altq 4 ,
.Xr arp 4 ,
.Xr cxgb 4 ,
+.Xr cxgbev 4 ,
.Xr netintro 4 ,
.Xr ng_ether 4 ,
.Xr ifconfig 8
@@ -230,6 +377,14 @@
.Nm
device driver first appeared in
.Fx 9.0 .
+Support for T5 cards first appeared in
+.Fx 9.2
+and
+.Fx 10.0 .
+Support for T6 cards first appeared in
+.Fx 11.1
+and
+.Fx 12.0 .
.Sh AUTHORS
.An -nosplit
The
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/cxgbev.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cxgbev.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cxgbev.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011-2016, Chelsio Inc
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+.\"
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+.\" this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\"
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the Chelsio Inc nor the names of its
+.\" contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+.\" this software without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+.\" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+.\" LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" * Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cxgbev.4 310637 2016-12-27 20:06:26Z jhb $
+.\"
+.Dd December 22, 2016
+.Dt CXGBEV 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm cxgbev
+.Nd "Chelsio T4-, T5-, and T6-based 100Gb, 40Gb, 25Gb, 10Gb, and 1Gb Ethernet VF driver"
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+To compile this driver into the kernel,
+place the following lines in your
+kernel configuration file:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd "device cxgbe"
+.Cd "device cxgbev"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+To load the driver as a
+module at boot time, place the following line in
+.Xr loader.conf 5 :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+if_cxgbev_load="YES"
+.Ed
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+driver provides support for Virtual Functions on PCI Express Ethernet adapters
+based on the Chelsio Terminator 4, Terminator 5, and Terminator 6 ASICs
+(T4, T5, and T6).
+The driver supports Jumbo Frames, Transmit/Receive checksum offload,
+TCP segmentation offload (TSO), Large Receive Offload (LRO), VLAN
+tag insertion/extraction, VLAN checksum offload, VLAN TSO, and
+Receive Side Steering (RSS).
+For further hardware information and questions related to hardware
+requirements, see
+.Pa http://www.chelsio.com/ .
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+driver uses different names for devices based on the associated ASIC:
+.Bl -column -offset indent "ASIC" "Port Name"
+.It Sy ASIC Ta Sy Port Name Ta Sy Parent Device
+.It T4 Ta cxgbev Ta t4vf
+.It T5 Ta cxlv Ta t5vf
+.It T6 Ta ccv Ta t6vf
+.El
+.Pp
+Loader tunables with the hw.cxgbe prefix apply to VFs from all cards.
+The Physical Function driver for Chelsio Terminator adapters shares these
+tunables.
+The driver provides sysctl MIBs for both ports and parent devices using
+the names above.
+For example, a T5 VF provides port MIBs under dev.cxlv and
+parent device MIBs under dev.t5vf.
+References to sysctl MIBs in the remainder of this page use
+dev.<port> for port MIBs and dev.<nexus> for parent device MIBs.
+.Pp
+For more information on configuring this device, see
+.Xr ifconfig 8 .
+.Sh HARDWARE
+The
+.Nm
+driver supports Virtual Functions on 100Gb and 25Gb Ethernet adapters
+based on the T6 ASIC:
+.Pp
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
+Chelsio T6225-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T6225-SO-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T62100-LP-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T62100-SO-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T62100-CR
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+driver supports Virtual Functions on 40Gb, 10Gb and 1Gb Ethernet adapters
+based on the T5 ASIC:
+.Pp
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
+Chelsio T580-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T580-LP-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T580-LP-SO-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T560-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T540-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T540-LP-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T522-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T520-LL-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T520-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T520-SO
+.It
+Chelsio T520-BT
+.It
+Chelsio T504-BT
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+driver supports Virtual Functions on 10Gb and 1Gb Ethernet adapters based
+on the T4 ASIC:
+.Pp
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
+Chelsio T420-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T422-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T440-CR
+.It
+Chelsio T420-BCH
+.It
+Chelsio T440-BCH
+.It
+Chelsio T440-CH
+.It
+Chelsio T420-SO
+.It
+Chelsio T420-CX
+.It
+Chelsio T420-BT
+.It
+Chelsio T404-BT
+.El
+.Sh LOADER TUNABLES
+Tunables can be set at the
+.Xr loader 8
+prompt before booting the kernel or stored in
+.Xr loader.conf 5 .
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.ntxq10g
+Number of tx queues used for a 10Gb or higher-speed port.
+The default is 16 or the number
+of CPU cores in the system, whichever is less.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.nrxq10g
+Number of rx queues used for a 10Gb or higher-speed port.
+The default is 8 or the number
+of CPU cores in the system, whichever is less.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.ntxq1g
+Number of tx queues used for a 1Gb port.
+The default is 4 or the number
+of CPU cores in the system, whichever is less.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.nrxq1g
+Number of rx queues used for a 1Gb port.
+The default is 2 or the number
+of CPU cores in the system, whichever is less.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.holdoff_timer_idx_10G
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.holdoff_timer_idx_1G
+Timer index value used to delay interrupts.
+The holdoff timer list has the values 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, and 200
+by default (all values are in microseconds) and the index selects a
+value from this list.
+The default value is 1 which means the timer value is 5us.
+Different interfaces can be assigned different values at any time via the
+dev.<port>.X.holdoff_tmr_idx sysctl.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.holdoff_pktc_idx_10G
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.holdoff_pktc_idx_1G
+Packet-count index value used to delay interrupts.
+The packet-count list has the values 1, 8, 16, and 32 by default,
+and the index selects a value from this list.
+The default value is -1 which means packet counting is disabled and interrupts
+are generated based solely on the holdoff timer value.
+Different interfaces can be assigned different values via the
+dev.<port>.X.holdoff_pktc_idx sysctl.
+This sysctl works only when the interface has never been marked up (as done by
+ifconfig up).
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.qsize_txq
+Number of entries in a transmit queue's descriptor ring.
+A buf_ring of the same size is also allocated for additional
+software queuing.
+See
+.Xr ifnet 9 .
+The default value is 1024.
+Different interfaces can be assigned different values via the
+dev.<port>.X.qsize_txq sysctl.
+This sysctl works only when the interface has never been marked up (as done by
+ifconfig up).
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.qsize_rxq
+Number of entries in a receive queue's descriptor ring.
+The default value is 1024.
+Different interfaces can be assigned different values via the
+dev.<port>.X.qsize_rxq sysctl.
+This sysctl works only when the interface has never been marked up (as done by
+ifconfig up).
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.interrupt_types
+Permitted interrupt types.
+Bit 0 represents INTx (line interrupts), bit 1 MSI, and bit 2 MSI-X.
+The default is 7 (all allowed).
+The driver selects the best possible type out of the allowed types.
+Note that Virtual Functions do not support INTx interrupts and fail
+to attach if neither MSI nor MSI-X are enabled.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.fl_pktshift
+Number of padding bytes inserted before the beginning of an Ethernet
+frame in the receive buffer.
+The default value of 2 ensures that the Ethernet payload (usually the IP header)
+is at a 4 byte aligned address.
+0-7 are all valid values.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.fl_pad
+A non-zero value ensures that writes from the hardware to a receive buffer are
+padded up to the specified boundary.
+The default is -1 which lets the driver pick a pad boundary.
+0 disables trailer padding completely.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.buffer_packing
+Allow the hardware to deliver multiple frames in the same receive buffer
+opportunistically.
+The default is -1 which lets the driver decide.
+0 or 1 explicitly disable or enable this feature.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.allow_mbufs_in_cluster
+1 allows the driver to lay down one or more mbufs within the receive buffer
+opportunistically.
+This is the default.
+0 prohibits the driver from doing so.
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.largest_rx_cluster
+.It Va hw.cxgbe.safest_rx_cluster
+Sizes of rx clusters.
+Each of these must be set to one of the sizes available
+(usually 2048, 4096, 9216, and 16384) and largest_rx_cluster must be greater
+than or equal to safest_rx_cluster.
+The defaults are 16384 and 4096 respectively.
+The driver never attempts to allocate a receive buffer larger than
+largest_rx_cluster and falls back to allocating buffers of
+safest_rx_cluster size if an allocation larger than safest_rx_cluster fails.
+Note that largest_rx_cluster merely establishes a ceiling -- the driver is
+allowed to allocate buffers of smaller sizes.
+.El
+.Pp
+Certain settings and resources for Virtual Functions are dictated
+by the parent Physical Function driver.
+For example, the Physical Function driver limits the number of queues
+available to a Virtual Function.
+Some of these limits can be adjusted in the firmware configuration file
+used with the Physical Function driver.
+.Pp
+The PAUSE settings on the port of a Virtual Function are inherited from
+the settings of the same port on the Physical Function.
+Virtual Functions cannot modify the setting and track changes made to
+the associated port's setting by the Physical Function driver.
+.Pp
+Receive queues on a Virtual Function always drop packets in response to
+congestion
+.Po
+equivalent to setting
+.Va hw.cxgbe.cong_drop
+to 1
+.Pc .
+.Pp
+The VF driver currently depends on the PF driver.
+As a result, loading the VF driver also loads the PF driver as a
+dependency.
+.Sh SUPPORT
+For general information and support,
+go to the Chelsio support website at:
+.Pa http://www.chelsio.com/ .
+.Pp
+If an issue is identified with this driver with a supported adapter,
+email all the specific information related to the issue to
+.Aq Mt support at chelsio.com .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr altq 4 ,
+.Xr arp 4 ,
+.Xr cxgbe 4 ,
+.Xr netintro 4 ,
+.Xr ng_ether 4 ,
+.Xr ifconfig 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+device driver first appeared in
+.Fx 11.1
+and
+.Fx 12.0 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+The
+.Nm
+driver was written by
+.An Navdeep Parhar Aq Mt np at FreeBSD.org
+and
+.An John Baldwin Aq Mt jhb at FreeBSD.org .
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/cxgbev.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/cy.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/cy.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/cy.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -35,7 +36,7 @@
.\" from: @(#)dca.4 5.2 (Berkeley) 3/27/91
.\" from: com.4,v 1.1 1993/08/06 11:19:07 cgd Exp
.\" from: sio.4,v 1.16 1995/06/26 06:05:30 bde Exp $
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/cy.4 233422 2012-03-24 13:37:57Z joel $
.\"
.Dd May 24, 2004
.Dt CY 4
@@ -44,7 +45,6 @@
.Nm cy
.Nd Cyclades Cyclom-Y serial driver
.Sh SYNOPSIS
-.Pp
For one ISA card:
.Bd -ragged -offset indent -compact
.Cd "device cy"
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/gbde.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/gbde.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/gbde.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Poul-Henning Kamp
.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Networks Associates Technology, Inc.
@@ -29,7 +30,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/gbde.4 211397 2010-08-16 15:18:30Z joel $
.\"
.Dd October 19, 2002
.Dt GBDE 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/gdb.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/gdb.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/gdb.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Greg Lehey
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/gdb.4 244040 2012-12-08 22:16:36Z eadler $
.\"
.Dd February 8, 2005
.Dt GDB 4
@@ -252,7 +253,7 @@
GNU gdb 5.2.1 (FreeBSD)
.Em "(political statements omitted)"
Ready to go. Enter 'tr' to connect to the remote target
-with /dev/cuad0, 'tr /dev/cuad1' to connect to a different port
+with /dev/cuau0, 'tr /dev/cuau1' to connect to a different port
or 'trf portno' to connect to the remote target with the firewire
interface. portno defaults to 5556.
@@ -370,10 +371,10 @@
Debug a remote system via the specified serial or firewire interface.
.It Ic tr0
Debug a remote system via serial interface
-.Pa /dev/cuad0 .
+.Pa /dev/cuau0 .
.It Ic tr1
Debug a remote system via serial interface
-.Pa /dev/cuad1 .
+.Pa /dev/cuau1 .
.It Ic trf
Debug a remote system via firewire interface at default port 5556.
.El
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/gem.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/gem.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/gem.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" $NetBSD: gem.4,v 1.2 2003/02/14 15:20:18 grant Exp $
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2002 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
@@ -24,7 +25,7 @@
.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/gem.4 233648 2012-03-29 05:02:12Z eadler $
.\"
.Dd December 25, 2009
.Dt GEM 4
@@ -53,15 +54,14 @@
driver provides support for the GMAC Ethernet hardware found mostly in
the last Apple PowerBooks G3s and most G4-based Apple hardware, as
well as Sun UltraSPARC machines.
-.Pp
-All controllers supported by the
-.Nm
-driver have TCP checksum offload capability for both receive and transmit,
-support for the reception and transmission of extended frames for
-.Xr vlan 4
-and a 512-bit multicast hash filter.
+.Pp
+All controllers supported by the
+.Nm
+driver have TCP checksum offload capability for both receive and transmit,
+support for the reception and transmission of extended frames for
+.Xr vlan 4
+and a 512-bit multicast hash filter.
.Sh HARDWARE
-.Pp
Chips supported by the
.Nm
driver include:
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/geom.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/geom.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/geom.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Poul-Henning Kamp
.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Networks Associates Technology, Inc.
@@ -32,14 +33,52 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/geom.4 322744 2017-08-21 10:07:12Z ae $
.\"
-.Dd May 25, 2006
+.Dd June 8, 2015
.Dt GEOM 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm GEOM
.Nd "modular disk I/O request transformation framework"
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Cd options GEOM_AES
+.Cd options GEOM_BDE
+.Cd options GEOM_BSD
+.Cd options GEOM_CACHE
+.Cd options GEOM_CONCAT
+.Cd options GEOM_ELI
+.Cd options GEOM_FOX
+.Cd options GEOM_GATE
+.Cd options GEOM_JOURNAL
+.Cd options GEOM_LABEL
+.Cd options GEOM_LINUX_LVM
+.Cd options GEOM_MAP
+.Cd options GEOM_MBR
+.Cd options GEOM_MIRROR
+.Cd options GEOM_MULTIPATH
+.Cd options GEOM_NOP
+.Cd options GEOM_PART_APM
+.Cd options GEOM_PART_BSD
+.Cd options GEOM_PART_BSD64
+.Cd options GEOM_PART_EBR
+.Cd options GEOM_PART_EBR_COMPAT
+.Cd options GEOM_PART_GPT
+.Cd options GEOM_PART_LDM
+.Cd options GEOM_PART_MBR
+.Cd options GEOM_PART_PC98
+.Cd options GEOM_PART_VTOC8
+.Cd options GEOM_PC98
+.Cd options GEOM_RAID
+.Cd options GEOM_RAID3
+.Cd options GEOM_SHSEC
+.Cd options GEOM_STRIPE
+.Cd options GEOM_SUNLABEL
+.Cd options GEOM_UNCOMPRESS
+.Cd options GEOM_UZIP
+.Cd options GEOM_VIRSTOR
+.Cd options GEOM_VOL
+.Cd options GEOM_ZERO
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm
@@ -319,24 +358,6 @@
Finally: the spoiling only happens when the write count goes from
zero to non-zero and the retasting happens only when the write count goes
from non-zero to zero.
-.It Em INSERT/DELETE
-are very special operations which allow a new geom
-to be instantiated between a consumer and a provider attached to
-each other and to remove it again.
-.Pp
-To understand the utility of this, imagine a provider
-being mounted as a file system.
-Between the DEVFS geom's consumer and its provider we insert
-a mirror module which configures itself with one mirror
-copy and consequently is transparent to the I/O requests
-on the path.
-We can now configure yet a mirror copy on the mirror geom,
-request a synchronization, and finally drop the first mirror
-copy.
-We have now, in essence, moved a mounted file system from one
-disk to another while it was being used.
-At this point the mirror geom can be deleted from the path
-again; it has served its purpose.
.It Em CONFIGURE
is the process where the administrator issues instructions
for a particular class to instantiate itself.
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/geom_fox.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/geom_fox.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/geom_fox.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2006 Wilko Bulte
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,9 +24,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/geom_fox.4 293691 2016-01-11 20:03:58Z trasz $
.\"
-.Dd January 2, 2005
+.Dd September 12, 2015
.Dt GEOM_FOX 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -46,6 +47,13 @@
geom_fox_load="YES"
.Ed
.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bf -symbolic
+This driver is obsolete.
+Users are advised to use
+.Xr gmultipath 8
+instead.
+.Ef
+.Pp
The intent of the
.Nm
framework is to provide basic multipathing support to access direct
@@ -85,7 +93,6 @@
driver will disallow write operations to the underlying devices once the
fox device has been opened for writing.
.Sh EXAMPLES
-.Pp
.Bl -bullet -compact
.It
.Nm
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/geom_linux_lvm.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/geom_linux_lvm.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/geom_linux_lvm.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Andrew Thompson
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,9 +24,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/geom_linux_lvm.4 255977 2013-10-01 18:41:53Z pluknet $
.\"
-.Dd February 20, 2008
+.Dd October 1, 2013
.Dt GEOM_LINUX_LVM 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -72,7 +73,7 @@
Sectorsize: 512
Mode: r0w0e0
Consumers:
-1. Name: ad0s1
+1. Name: ada0s1
Mediasize: 80023716864 (75G)
Sectorsize: 512
Mode: r0w0e0
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/geom_map.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/geom_map.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/geom_map.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2011 Aleksandr Rybalko
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,9 +24,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/geom_map.4 322744 2017-08-21 10:07:12Z ae $
.\"
-.Dd May 17, 2011
+.Dd June 8, 2015
.Dt GEOM_MAP 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -36,7 +37,7 @@
place the following line in your
kernel configuration file:
.Bd -ragged -offset indent
-.Cd "device geom_map"
+.Cd "options geom_map"
.Ed
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/geom_uncompress.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/geom_uncompress.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/geom_uncompress.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" Copyright (c) 2014, Luiz Otavio O Souza <loos at FreeBSD.org>
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/geom_uncompress.4 266220 2014-05-16 14:28:55Z loos $
+.\"
+.Dd January 9, 2014
+.Dt GEOM_UNCOMPRESS 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm geom_uncompress
+.Nd "GEOM based compressed disk images"
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+To compile this driver into the kernel, place the following line in your
+kernel configuration file:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd "options GEOM_UNCOMPRESS"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Alternatively, to load the driver as a module at boot time, place the
+following line in
+.Xr loader.conf 5 :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+geom_uncompress_load="YES"
+.Ed
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+framework provides support for compressed read only disk images.
+This allows significant storage savings at the expense of a little CPU
+time on each read.
+Data written in the GEOM label area allows
+.Nm
+to detect compressed images which have been created with
+.Xr mkulzma 8
+or
+.Xr mkuzip 8
+and presented to the kernel as a logical disk device via
+.Xr md 4 .
+.Nm
+creates a unique
+.Pa md#.uncompress
+device for each image.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+device is subsequently used by the
+.Fx
+kernel to access the disk images.
+The
+.Nm
+driver does not allow write operations to the underlying disk image.
+To check which
+.Xr md 4
+devices match a given
+.Nm
+device:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+# geom uncompress list
+Geom name: md0.uncompress
+Providers:
+1. Name: md0.uncompress
+ Mediasize: 52428800 (50M)
+ Sectorsize: 512
+ Mode: r1w0e0
+Consumers:
+1. Name: md0
+ Mediasize: 20864000 (20M)
+ Sectorsize: 512
+ Mode: r1w0e0
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr GEOM 4 ,
+.Xr md 4 ,
+.Xr geom 8 ,
+.Xr mkulzma 8 ,
+.Xr mkuzip 8
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+The
+.Nm
+driver was written by
+.An "Maxim Sobolev" Aq sobomax at FreeBSD.org
+and
+.An "Aleksandr Rybalko" Aq ray at FreeBSD.org .
+This manual page was written by
+.An "Luiz Otavio O Souza" Aq loos at FreeBSD.org .
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/geom_uncompress.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/geom_uzip.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/geom_uzip.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/geom_uzip.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2006 Ceri Davies
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/geom_uzip.4 233422 2012-03-24 13:37:57Z joel $
.\"
.Dd October 9, 2006
.Dt GEOM_UZIP 4
@@ -90,7 +91,6 @@
Sectorsize: 512
Mode: r1w0e1
.Ed
-.Pp
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr GEOM 4 ,
.Xr md 4 ,
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/gif.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/gif.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/gif.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" $KAME: gif.4,v 1.28 2001/05/18 13:15:56 itojun Exp $
.\"
.\" Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, and 1998 WIDE Project.
@@ -27,9 +28,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/gif.4 287730 2015-09-13 01:35:40Z hrs $
.\"
-.Dd August 1, 2011
+.Dd September 10, 2015
.Dt GIF 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -160,16 +161,6 @@
It can be turned off by
.Dv IFF_LINK2
bit.
-.Ss Route caching
-Processing each packet requires two route lookups: first on the
-packet itself, and second on the tunnel destination.
-This second route can be cached, increasing tunnel performance.
-However, in a dynamically routed network, the tunnel will stick
-to the cached route, ignoring routing table updates.
-Route caching can be enabled with the
-.Dv IFF_LINK0
-flag.
-.\"
.Ss Miscellaneous
By default,
.Nm
@@ -256,32 +247,3 @@
.Dv IFF_LINK0
flag.
The behavior is obsolete and is no longer supported.
-.Pp
-On
-.Fx
-6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 7.0, 7.1, and 7.2
-the
-.Nm
-sends and receives incorrect EtherIP packets with reversed version
-field when
-.Xr if_bridge 4
-is used together. As a workaround on this interoperability issue, the
-following two
-.Xr ifconfig 8
-flags can be used:
-.Bl -tag -width "accept_rev_ethip_ver" -offset indent
-.It accept_rev_ethip_ver
-accepts both correct EtherIP packets and ones with reversed version
-field, if enabled. If disabled, the
-.Nm
-accepts the correct packets only. This flag is enabled by default.
-.It send_rev_ethip_ver
-sends EtherIP packets with reversed version field intentionally, if
-enabled. If disabled, the
-.Nm
-sends the correct packets only. This flag is disabled by default.
-.El
-.Pp
-If interoperability with the older
-.Fx
-machines is needed, both of these two flags must be enabled.
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/gpib.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/gpib.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/gpib.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2010, Joerg Wunsch
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/gpib.4 238542 2012-07-17 02:05:39Z kevlo $
.\"
.Dd January 24, 2010
.Dt GPIB 4
@@ -63,7 +64,7 @@
{
int dmm;
unsigned char buf[100];
- char vbuf[sizeof buf * 4];
+ char vbuf[sizeof(buf) * 4];
/* DVM */
dmm = ibdev(0, (argc > 1? atoi(argv[1]): 7), 0,
@@ -71,7 +72,7 @@
if (dmm < 0)
errx(1, "ibdev = %d\\n", dmm);
ibwrt(dmm, "*IDN?\\r\\n", 7);
- ibrd(dmm, buf, sizeof buf - 1);
+ ibrd(dmm, buf, sizeof(buf) - 1);
strvisx(vbuf, buf, ibcnt, VIS_WHITE | VIS_CSTYLE);
printf("%s\\n", vbuf);
return (0);
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/gpio.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/gpio.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/gpio.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" Copyright (c) 2013, Sean Bruno <sbruno at freebsd.org>
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/gpio.4 284949 2015-06-30 09:34:59Z brueffer $
+.\"
+.Dd November 5, 2013
+.Dt GPIO 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm gpiobus
+.Nd GPIO bus system
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+To compile these devices into your kernel and use the device hints, place the
+following lines in your kernel configuration file:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd "device gpio"
+.Cd "device gpioc"
+.Cd "device gpioiic"
+.Cd "device gpioled"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Additional device entries for the
+.Li ARM
+architecture include:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd "device a10_gpio"
+.Cd "device bcm_gpio"
+.Cd "device imx51_gpio"
+.Cd "device lpcgpio"
+.Cd "device mv_gpio"
+.Cd "device ti_gpio"
+.Cd "device gpio_avila"
+.Cd "device gpio_cambria"
+.Cd "device zy7_gpio"
+.Cd "device pxagpio"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Additional device entries for the
+.Li MIPS
+architecture include:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd "device ar71xxx_gpio"
+.Cd "device octeon_gpio"
+.Cd "device rt305_gpio"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Additional device entries for the
+.Li POWERPC
+architecture include:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd "device wiigpio"
+.Cd "device macgpio"
+.Ed
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+system provides a simple interface to the GPIO pins that are usually
+available on embedded architectures and can provide bit banging style
+devices to the system.
+.Pp
+The acronym
+.Li GPIO
+means
+.Dq General-Purpose Input/Output.
+.Pp
+The BUS physically consists of multiple pins that can be configured
+for input/output, IRQ delivery, SDA/SCL
+.Em iicbus
+use, etc.
+.Pp
+On some embedded architectures (like MIPS), discovery of the bus and
+configuration of the pins is done via
+.Xr device.hints 5
+in the platform's kernel
+.Xr config 5
+file.
+.Pp
+On some others (like ARM), where
+.Xr FDT 4
+is used to describe the device tree, the bus discovery is done via the DTS
+passed to the kernel, being either statically compiled in, or by a variety
+of ways where the boot loader (or Open Firmware enabled system) passes the
+DTS blob to the kernel at boot.
+.Pp
+The following
+.Xr device.hints 5
+are only provided by the
+.Cd ar71xx_gpio
+driver:
+.Bl -tag -width ".Va hint.gpioiic.%d.atXXX"
+.It Va hint.gpio.%d.pinmask
+This is a bitmask of pins on the GPIO board that we would like to expose
+for use to the host operating system.
+To expose pin 0, 4 and 7, use the bitmask of
+10010001 converted to the hexadecimal value 0x0091.
+.It Va hint.gpio.%d.pinon
+This is a bitmask of pins on the GPIO board that will be set to ON at host
+start.
+To set pin 2, 5 and 13 to be set ON at boot, use the bitmask of
+10000000010010 converted to the hexadecimal value 0x2012.
+.It Va hint.gpio.function_set
+.It Va hint.gpio.function_clear
+These are bitmasks of pins that will remap a pin to handle a specific
+function (USB, UART TX/RX, etc) in the Atheros function registers.
+This is mainly used to set/clear functions that we need when they are set up or
+not set up by uBoot.
+.El
+.Pp
+Simply put, each pin of the GPIO interface is connected to an input/output
+of some device in a system.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr gpioiic 4 ,
+.Xr gpioled 4 ,
+.Xr iicbus 4 ,
+.Xr gpioctl 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+manual page first appeared in
+.Fx 10.0 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+This
+manual page was written by
+.An Sean Bruno Aq sbruno at FreeBSD.org .
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/gpio.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/gpioiic.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/gpioiic.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/gpioiic.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" Copyright (c) 2013, Luiz Otavio O Souza <loos at FreeBSD.org>
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/gpioiic.4 266106 2014-05-15 01:37:17Z loos $
+.\"
+.Dd May 14, 2014
+.Dt GPIOIIC 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm gpioiic
+.Nd GPIO I2C bit-banging device driver
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Cd "device gpio"
+.Cd "device gpioiic"
+.Cd "device iic"
+.Cd "device iicbb"
+.Cd "device iicbus"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Em gpioiic
+driver provides an IIC bit-banging interface using two GPIO pins for the
+SCL and SDA on the
+.Em gpiobus .
+.Nm
+implements an open colector kind of output, as recommended by the standard,
+when driving the pins on the
+.Em gpiobus ,
+i.e, they are never switched to the logical value of '1',
+or they are '0' or simply open (Hi-Z/tri-state).
+So the pullup resistors are required so
+.Nm
+can work.
+.Pp
+On a hint based system, like
+.Li MIPS , these values are configureable for the
+.Nm gpioiic :
+.Bl -tag -width ".Va hint.gpioiic.%d.atXXX"
+.It Va hint.gpioiic.%d.at
+The gpiobus you are attaching to.
+Normally just gpiobus0.
+.It Va hint.gpioiic.%d.pins
+This is a bitmask of the pins on the
+.Em gpiobus
+that are to be used for SCLOCK and SDATA from the GPIO IIC
+bit-banging bus.
+To configure pin 0 and 7, use the bitmask of
+0b10000001 and convert it to a hexadecimal value of 0x0081.
+Please note that this mask should only ever have two bits set
+(any others bits - i.e., pins - will be ignored).
+.It Va hint.gpioiic.%d.scl
+Indicates which bit in the
+.Va hint.gpioiic.%d.pins
+should be used as the SCLOCK
+source.
+Optional, defaults to 0.
+.It Va hint.gpioiic.%d.sda
+Indicates which bit in the
+.Va hint.gpioiic.%d.pins
+should be used as the SDATA
+source.
+Optional, defaults to 1.
+.El
+.Pp
+On a
+.Xr FDT 4
+based system, like
+.Li ARM , the dts part for a
+.Nm gpioiic
+device usually looks like:
+.Bd -literal
+gpio: gpio {
+
+ gpio-controller;
+ ...
+
+ gpioiic0 {
+ compatible = "gpioiic";
+ /*
+ * Attach to GPIO pins 21 and 22. Set them
+ * initially as inputs.
+ */
+ gpios = <&gpio 21 1 0
+ &gpio 22 1 0>;
+ scl = <0>; /* GPIO pin 21 - optional */
+ sda = <1>; /* GPIO pin 22 - optional */
+
+ /* This is an example of a gpioiic child. */
+ gpioiic-child0 {
+ compatible = "lm75";
+ i2c-address = <0x4f>;
+ };
+ };
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Where:
+.Bl -tag -width ".Va compatible"
+.It Va compatible
+Should always be set to "gpioiic".
+.It Va gpios
+The
+.Va gpios
+property indicates which GPIO pins should be used for SCLOCK and SDATA
+on the GPIO IIC bit-banging bus.
+For more details about the
+.Va gpios
+property, please consult
+.Pa /usr/src/sys/boot/fdt/dts/bindings-gpio.txt .
+.It Va scl
+The
+.Va scl
+option indicates which bit in the
+.Va gpios
+should be used as the SCLOCK source.
+Optional, defaults to 0.
+.It Va sda
+The
+.Va sda
+option indicates which bit in the
+.Va gpios
+should be used as the SDATA source.
+Optional, defaults to 1.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr fdt 4 ,
+.Xr gpio 4 ,
+.Xr gpioled 4 ,
+.Xr iic 4 ,
+.Xr iicbb 4 ,
+.Xr iicbus 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+manual page first appeared in
+.Fx 10.1 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+This
+manual page was written by
+.An Luiz Otavio O Souza .
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/gpioiic.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/gpioled.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/gpioled.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/gpioled.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" Copyright (c) 2013, Luiz Otavio O Souza <loos at FreeBSD.org>
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/gpioled.4 266106 2014-05-15 01:37:17Z loos $
+.\"
+.Dd May 14, 2014
+.Dt GPIOLED 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm gpioled
+.Nd GPIO led generic device driver
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Cd "device gpio"
+.Cd "device gpioled"
+.Pp
+This driver attaches a
+.Xr led 4
+device to a GPIO pin.
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Em gpioled
+driver provides a glue to attach a
+.Xr led 4
+compatible device to a GPIO pin.
+Each led on the system has a
+.Pa name
+which is used to export a device in
+.Pa /dev/led/<name> .
+The GPIO pin can then be controlled by writing to this device as described
+on
+.Xr led 4 .
+.Pp
+On a hint based system, like
+.Li MIPS , these values are configureable for
+.Nm :
+.Bl -tag -width ".Va hint.gpioiic.%d.atXXX"
+.It Va hint.gpioled.%d.at
+The gpiobus you are attaching to.
+Normally assigned to gpiobus0.
+.It Va hint.gpioled.%d.name
+Arbitrary name of device in
+.Pa /dev/led/
+to create for
+.Xr led 4 .
+.It Va hint.gpioled.%d.pins
+Which pin on the GPIO interface to map to this instance.
+Please note that this mask should only ever have one bit set
+(any others bits - i.e., pins - will be ignored).
+.El
+.Pp
+On a
+.Xr FDT 4
+based system, like
+.Li ARM , the dts part for a
+.Nm gpioled
+device usually looks like:
+.Bd -literal
+gpio: gpio {
+
+ gpio-controller;
+ ...
+
+ led0 {
+ compatible = "gpioled";
+ gpios = <&gpio 16 2 0>; /* GPIO pin 16. */
+ name = "ok";
+ };
+
+ led1 {
+ compatible = "gpioled";
+ gpios = <&gpio 17 2 0>; /* GPIO pin 17. */
+ name = "user-led1";
+ };
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+And optionally, you can choose combine all the leds under a single
+.Dq gpio-leds
+compatible node:
+.Bd -literal
+simplebus0 {
+
+ ...
+
+ leds {
+ compatible = "gpio-leds";
+
+ led0 {
+ gpios = <&gpio 16 2 0>;
+ name = "ok"
+ };
+
+ led1 {
+ gpios = <&gpio 17 2 0>;
+ name = "user-led1"
+ };
+ };
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Both methods are equally supported and it is possible to have the leds
+defined with any sort of mix between the methods.
+The only restriction is that a GPIO pin cannot be mapped by two different
+(gpio)leds.
+.Pp
+For more details about the
+.Va gpios
+property, please consult
+.Pa /usr/src/sys/boot/fdt/dts/bindings-gpio.txt .
+.Pp
+The property
+.Va name
+is the arbitrary name of device in
+.Pa /dev/led/
+to create for
+.Xr led 4 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr fdt 4 ,
+.Xr gpio 4 ,
+.Xr led 4 ,
+.Xr gpioiic 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+manual page first appeared in
+.Fx 10.1 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+This
+manual page was written by
+.An Luiz Otavio O Souza .
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/gpioled.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/gre.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/gre.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/gre.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" $NetBSD: gre.4,v 1.28 2002/06/10 02:49:35 itojun Exp $
.\"
.\" Copyright 1998 (c) The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
@@ -27,9 +28,9 @@
.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/gre.4 306378 2016-09-27 19:00:22Z pluknet $
.\"
-.Dd June 20, 2008
+.Dd June 2, 2015
.Dt GRE 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -37,8 +38,7 @@
.Nd encapsulating network device
.Sh SYNOPSIS
To compile the
-.Ns Nm
-device into the kernel, place the following line in the kernel
+driver into the kernel, place the following line in the kernel
configuration file:
.Bd -ragged -offset indent
.Cd "device gre"
@@ -45,8 +45,7 @@
.Ed
.Pp
Alternatively, to load the
-.Ns Nm
-device as a module at boot time, place the following line in
+driver as a module at boot time, place the following line in
.Xr loader.conf 5 :
.Bd -literal -offset indent
if_gre_load="YES"
@@ -70,164 +69,30 @@
.Cm destroy
subcommands.
.Pp
-This driver currently supports the following modes of operation:
-.Bl -tag -width indent
-.It "GRE encapsulation (IP protocol number 47)"
-Encapsulated datagrams are
-prepended an outer datagram and a GRE header.
+This driver corresponds to RFC 2784.
+Encapsulated datagrams are prepended an outer datagram and a GRE header.
The GRE header specifies
the type of the encapsulated datagram and thus allows for tunneling other
protocols than IP like e.g.\& AppleTalk.
GRE mode is also the default tunnel mode on Cisco routers.
-This is also the default mode of operation of the
.Nm
-interfaces.
-As part of the GRE mode,
-.Nm
also supports Cisco WCCP protocol, both version 1 and version 2.
-Since there is no reliable way to distinguish between WCCP versions, it
-should be configured manually using the
-.Cm link2
-flag.
-If the
-.Cm link2
-flag is not set (default), then WCCP version 1 is selected.
-.It "MOBILE encapsulation (IP protocol number 55)"
-Datagrams are
-encapsulated into IP, but with a shorter encapsulation.
-The original
-IP header is modified and the modifications are inserted between the
-so modified header and the original payload.
-Like
-.Xr gif 4 ,
-only for IP-in-IP encapsulation.
-.El
.Pp
The
.Nm
-interfaces support a number of
-.Xr ioctl 2 Ns s ,
-such as:
-.Bl -tag -width ".Dv GRESADDRS"
-.It Dv GRESADDRS
-Set the IP address of the local tunnel end.
-This is the source address
-set by or displayed by
-.Xr ifconfig 8
-for the
-.Nm
-interface.
-.It Dv GRESADDRD
-Set the IP address of the remote tunnel end.
-This is the destination address
-set by or displayed by
-.Xr ifconfig 8
-for the
-.Nm
-interface.
-.It Dv GREGADDRS
-Query the IP address that is set for the local tunnel end.
-This is the
-address the encapsulation header carries as local address (i.e., the real
-address of the tunnel start point).
-.It Dv GREGADDRD
-Query the IP address that is set for the remote tunnel end.
-This is the
-address the encapsulated packets are sent to (i.e., the real address of
-the remote tunnel endpoint).
-.It Dv GRESPROTO
-Set the operation mode to the specified IP protocol value.
-The
-protocol is passed to the interface in
-.Po Vt "struct ifreq" Pc Ns Li -> Ns Va ifr_flags .
-The operation mode can also be given as
-.Pp
-.Bl -tag -width ".Cm -link0" -compact
-.It Cm link0
-.Dv IPPROTO_GRE
-.It Cm -link0
-.Dv IPPROTO_MOBILE
-.El
-.Pp
-to
-.Xr ifconfig 8 .
-.Pp
-The
-.Cm link1
-flag is not used to choose encapsulation, but to modify the
-internal route search for the remote tunnel endpoint, see the
-.Sx BUGS
-section below.
-.It Dv GREGPROTO
-Query operation mode.
-.It Dv GRESKEY
+interfaces support a number of additional parameters to the
+.Xr ifconfig 8 :
+.Bl -tag -width "enable_csum"
+.It Ar grekey
Set the GRE key used for outgoing packets.
A value of 0 disables the key option.
-.It Dv GREGKEY
-Get the GRE key currently used for outgoing packets.
-0 means no outgoing key.
+.It Ar enable_csum
+Enables checksum calculation for outgoing packets.
+.It Ar enable_seq
+Enables use of sequence number field in the GRE header for outgoing packets.
.El
-.Pp
-Note that the IP addresses of the tunnel endpoints may be the same as the
-ones defined with
-.Xr ifconfig 8
-for the interface (as if IP is encapsulated), but need not be, as e.g.\& when
-encapsulating AppleTalk.
.Sh EXAMPLES
-Configuration example:
.Bd -literal
-Host X-- Host A ----------------tunnel---------- Cisco D------Host E
- \\ |
- \\ /
- +------Host B----------Host C----------+
-.Ed
-.Pp
-On host A
-.Pq Fx :
-.Bd -literal -offset indent
-route add default B
-ifconfig greN create
-ifconfig greN A D netmask 0xffffffff linkX up
-ifconfig greN tunnel A D
-route add E D
-.Ed
-.Pp
-On Host D (Cisco):
-.Bd -literal -offset indent
-Interface TunnelX
- ip unnumbered D ! e.g. address from Ethernet interface
- tunnel source D ! e.g. address from Ethernet interface
- tunnel destination A
-ip route C <some interface and mask>
-ip route A mask C
-ip route X mask tunnelX
-.Ed
-.Pp
-OR
-.Pp
-On Host D
-.Pq Fx :
-.Bd -literal -offset indent
-route add default C
-ifconfig greN create
-ifconfig greN D A
-ifconfig greN tunnel D A
-.Ed
-.Pp
-If all goes well, you should see packets flowing ;-)
-.Pp
-If you want to reach Host A over the tunnel (from Host D (Cisco)), then
-you have to have an alias on Host A for e.g.\& the Ethernet interface like:
-.Pp
-.Dl "ifconfig <etherif> alias Y"
-.Pp
-and on the Cisco:
-.Pp
-.Dl "ip route Y mask tunnelX"
-.Pp
-A similar setup can be used to create a link between two private networks
-(for example in the 192.168 subnet) over the Internet:
-.Bd -literal
192.168.1.* --- Router A -------tunnel-------- Router B --- 192.168.2.*
\\ /
\\ /
@@ -241,8 +106,8 @@
On router A:
.Bd -literal -offset indent
ifconfig greN create
-ifconfig greN 192.168.1.1 192.168.2.1 link1
-ifconfig greN tunnel A B
+ifconfig greN inet 192.168.1.1 192.168.2.1
+ifconfig greN inet tunnel A B
route add -net 192.168.2 -netmask 255.255.255.0 192.168.2.1
.Ed
.Pp
@@ -249,21 +114,52 @@
On router B:
.Bd -literal -offset indent
ifconfig greN create
-ifconfig greN 192.168.2.1 192.168.1.1 link1
-ifconfig greN tunnel B A
+ifconfig greN inet 192.168.2.1 192.168.1.1
+ifconfig greN inet tunnel B A
route add -net 192.168.1 -netmask 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.1
.Ed
.Pp
-Note that this is a safe situation where the
-.Cm link1
-flag (as discussed in the
-.Sx BUGS
-section below) may (and probably should) be set.
+In case when internal and external IP addresses are the same,
+different routing tables (FIB) should be used.
+The default FIB will be applied to IP packets before GRE encapsulation.
+After encapsulation GRE interface should set different FIB number to
+outgoing packet.
+Then different FIB will be applied to such encapsulated packets.
+According to this FIB packet should be routed to tunnel endpoint.
+.Bd -literal
+Host X -- Host A (198.51.100.1) ---tunnel--- Cisco D (203.0.113.1) -- Host E
+ \\ /
+ \\ /
+ +----- Host B ----- Host C -----+
+ (198.51.100.254)
+.Ed
+.Pp
+On Host A (FreeBSD):
+.Pp
+First of multiple FIBs should be configured via loader.conf:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+net.fibs=2
+net.add_addr_allfibs=0
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Then routes to the gateway and remote tunnel endpoint via this gateway
+should be added to the second FIB:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+route add -net 198.51.100.0 -netmask 255.255.255.0 -fib 1 -iface em0
+route add -host 203.0.113.1 -fib 1 198.51.100.254
+.Ed
+.Pp
+And GRE tunnel should be configured to change FIB for encapsulated packets:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+ifconfig greN create
+ifconfig greN inet 198.51.100.1 203.0.113.1
+ifconfig greN inet tunnel 198.51.100.1 203.0.113.1 tunnelfib 1
+.Ed
+.Pp
.Sh NOTES
The MTU of
.Nm
interfaces is set to 1476 by default, to match the value used by Cisco routers.
-If grekey is set this is lowered to 1472.
This may not be an optimal value, depending on the link between the two tunnel
endpoints.
It can be adjusted via
@@ -271,26 +167,9 @@
.Pp
For correct operation, the
.Nm
-device needs a route to the destination that is less specific than the
-one over the tunnel.
-(Basically, there needs to be a route to the decapsulating host that
-does not run over the tunnel, as this would be a loop.)
-If the addresses are ambiguous, doing the
-.Nm ifconfig Cm tunnel
-step before the
-.Xr ifconfig 8
-call to set the
-.Nm
-IP addresses will help to find a route outside the tunnel.
+device needs a route to the decapsulating host that does not run over the tunnel,
+as this would be a loop.
.Pp
-In order to tell
-.Xr ifconfig 8
-to actually mark the interface as
-.Dq up ,
-the keyword
-.Cm up
-must be given last on its command line.
-.Pp
The kernel must be set to forward datagrams by setting the
.Va net.inet.ip.forwarding
.Xr sysctl 8
@@ -300,41 +179,19 @@
.Xr gif 4 ,
.Xr inet 4 ,
.Xr ip 4 ,
+.Xr me 4 ,
.Xr netintro 4 ,
-.\" Xr options 4 ,
.Xr protocols 5 ,
.Xr ifconfig 8 ,
.Xr sysctl 8
.Pp
-A description of GRE encapsulation can be found in RFC 1701 and RFC 1702.
-.Pp
-A description of MOBILE encapsulation can be found in RFC 2004.
+A description of GRE encapsulation can be found in RFC 2784 and RFC 2890.
.Sh AUTHORS
-.An Heiko W.Rupp Aq hwr at pilhuhn.de
+.An Andrey V. Elsukov Aq Mt ae at FreeBSD.org
+.An Heiko W.Rupp Aq Mt hwr at pilhuhn.de
.Sh BUGS
-The
-.Fn compute_route
-code in
-.Pa if_gre.c
-toggles the last bit of the
-IP-address to provoke the search for a less specific route than the
-one directly over the tunnel to prevent loops.
-This is possibly not the best solution.
-.Pp
-To avoid the address munging described above, turn on the
-.Cm link1
-flag on the
-.Xr ifconfig 8
-command line.
-This implies that the GRE packet destination and the ifconfig remote host
-are not the same IP addresses, and that the GRE destination does not route
-over the
-.Nm
-interface itself.
-.Pp
The current implementation uses the key only for outgoing packets.
Incoming packets with a different key or without a key will be treated as if they
would belong to this interface.
.Pp
-RFC1701 is not fully supported, however all unsupported features have been
-deprecated in RFC2784.
+The sequence number field also used only for outgoing packets.
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/h_ertt.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/h_ertt.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/h_ertt.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2011 The FreeBSD Foundation
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -27,7 +28,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/h_ertt.4 230294 2012-01-18 03:03:21Z lstewart $
.\"
.Dd January 18, 2012
.Dt H_ERTT 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/hatm.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/hatm.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/hatm.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2001-2003
.\" Fraunhofer Institute for Open Communication Systems (FhG Fokus).
@@ -26,7 +27,7 @@
.\"
.\" Author: Hartmut Brandt <harti at FreeBSD.org>
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/hatm.4 208027 2010-05-13 12:07:55Z uqs $
.\"
.\" hatm(4) man page
.\"
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/hifn.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/hifn.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/hifn.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" $OpenBSD: hifn.4,v 1.32 2002/09/26 07:55:40 miod Exp $
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Theo de Raadt
@@ -24,7 +25,7 @@
.\" ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/hifn.4 208027 2010-05-13 12:07:55Z uqs $
.\"
.Dd October 19, 2009
.Dt HIFN 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/hme.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/hme.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/hme.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" $NetBSD: hme.4,v 1.4 2003/02/14 15:20:18 grant Exp $
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
@@ -27,7 +28,7 @@
.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/hme.4 204605 2010-03-02 21:59:03Z joel $
.\"
.Dd June 14, 2009
.Dt HME 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/hpet.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/hpet.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/hpet.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2010 Alexander Motin <mav at FreeBSD.org>
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/hpet.4 228741 2011-12-20 17:10:34Z mav $
.\"
.Dd September 14, 2010
.Dt HPET 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/hpt27xx.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/hpt27xx.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/hpt27xx.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2011 iXsystems, Inc.
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/hpt27xx.4 228940 2011-12-28 23:26:58Z delphij $
.\"
.Dd December 28, 2011
.Dt HPT27XX 4
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/hptiop.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/hptiop.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/hptiop.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2007 Christian Brueffer
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -22,9 +23,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/hptiop.4 269498 2014-08-04 03:59:48Z gjb $
.\"
-.Dd October 25, 2012
+.Dd July 5, 2013
.Dt HPTIOP 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -60,6 +61,8 @@
.It
HighPoint RocketRAID 4522
.It
+HighPoint RocketRAID 4521
+.It
HighPoint RocketRAID 4520
.It
HighPoint RocketRAID 4322
@@ -72,6 +75,20 @@
.It
HighPoint RocketRAID 4310
.It
+HighPoint RocketRAID 3640
+.It
+HighPoint RocketRAID 3622
+.It
+HighPoint RocketRAID 3620
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm
+driver also supports the following SAS and SATA RAID controllers that
+are already End-of-Life:
+.Pp
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
HighPoint RocketRAID 4211
.It
HighPoint RocketRAID 4210
@@ -110,13 +127,12 @@
driver has only been tested on the i386 and amd64 platforms.
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr cam 4 ,
-.Xr hptmv 4 ,
+.Xr hptmv 4
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm
device driver first appeared in
.Fx 7.0 .
-.Pp
.Sh AUTHORS
The
.Nm
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/hptmv.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/hptmv.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/hptmv.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2004 David E. O'Brien
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/hptmv.4 162404 2006-09-18 15:24:20Z ru $
.\"
.Dd November 17, 2005
.Dt HPTMV 4
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/hptnr.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/hptnr.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/hptnr.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\"-
+.\" Copyright (c) 2013 iXsystems, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPERS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DEVELOPERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/hptnr.4 252867 2013-07-06 07:49:41Z delphij $
+.\"
+.Dd July 5, 2013
+.Dt HPTNR 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm hptnr
+.Nd "HighPoint DC Series Data Center HBA card driver"
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+To compile this driver into the kernel,
+place the following line in your
+kernel configuration file:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd "device hptnr"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Alternatively, to load the driver as a
+module at boot time, place the following line in
+.Xr loader.conf 5 :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+hptnr_load="YES"
+.Ed
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+driver provides support for HighPoint's DC Series Data Center HBA card.
+.Sh HARDWARE
+The
+.Nm
+driver supports the following SATA
+controllers:
+.Pp
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
+HighPoint's DC7280 series
+.It
+HighPoint's Rocket R750 series
+.El
+.Sh NOTES
+The
+.Nm
+driver only works on the i386 and amd64 platforms as it requires a binary
+blob object from the manufacturer which they only supply for these platforms.
+The
+.Nm
+driver does
+.Em not
+work on i386 with
+.Xr pae 4
+enabled.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr kld 4 ,
+.Xr kldload 8 ,
+.Xr loader 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+device driver first appeared in
+.Fx 9.2 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+The
+.Nm
+device driver was written by
+.An HighPoint Technologies, Inc. .
+This manual page was written by
+.An Xin LI Aq delphij at FreeBSD.org
+for iXsystems, Inc.
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/hptnr.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/hptrr.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/hptrr.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/hptrr.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2007 Me
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -22,7 +23,7 @@
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/hptrr.4 237180 2012-06-17 03:54:10Z eadler $
.\"
.Dd June 6, 2012
.Dt HPTRR 4
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/hv_kvp.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/hv_kvp.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/hv_kvp.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/hv_kvp.4 263330 2014-03-19 01:43:03Z gjb $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 Microsoft Corp.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd September 10, 2013
+.Dt HYPER-V 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm hv_kvp
+.Nd Hyper-V Key Value Pair Driver
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+To compile this driver into the kernel, place the following lines in
+the system kernel configuration file:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd "device hyperv"
+.Ed
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+driver provides the ability to store, retrieve, modify and delete
+key value pairs for
+.Fx
+guest partitions running on Hyper-V.
+Hyper-V allows administrators to store custom metadata in the form
+of key value pairs inside the
+.Fx
+guest partition.
+Administrators can use Windows Powershell scripts to add, read,
+modify and delete such key value pairs.
+.Pp
+The driver is bare bones and merely forwards requests to its counterpart
+user mode daemon,
+.Xr hv_kvp_daemon 8 .
+The daemon maintains pools of key value
+pairs and does the actual metadata management.
+.Pp
+The same driver and daemon combination are also used to set and get
+IP addresses from a
+.Fx
+guest.
+.Pp
+The set functionality is particularly
+useful when the
+.Fx
+guest is assigned a static IP address and is failed over from one
+Hyper-V host to another.
+After failover, Hyper-V uses the set IP functionality to automatically
+update the
+.Fx
+guest's IP address to its original static value.
+.Pp
+On the other hand, the get IP functionality is used to update the guest IP
+address in the Hyper-V management console window.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr hv_vmbus 4 ,
+.Xr hv_utils 4 ,
+.Xr hv_netvsc 4 ,
+.Xr hv_storvsc 4 ,
+.Xr hv_ata_pci_disengage 4 ,
+.Xr hv_kvp_daemon 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+Support for
+.Nm
+first appeared in
+.Fx 10.0 .
+The driver was developed through a joint effort between Citrix
+Incorporated, Microsoft Corporation and Network Appliance Incorporated.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+.Fx
+support for
+.Nm
+was first added by
+.An Microsoft BSD Integration Services Team Aq bsdic at microsoft.com .
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/hv_kvp.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/hv_netvsc.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/hv_netvsc.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/hv_netvsc.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/hv_netvsc.4 263330 2014-03-19 01:43:03Z gjb $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 Microsoft Corp.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd September 10, 2013
+.Dt HYPER-V 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm hv_netvsc
+.Nd Hyper-V Network Virtual Service Consumer
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+To compile this driver into the kernel, place the following lines in
+the system kernel configuration file:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd "device hyperv"
+.Ed
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+driver implements the virtual network device for
+.Fx
+guest
+partitions running on Hyper-V.
+.Fx
+guest partitions running on Hyper-V do not have direct access to
+network devices attached to the Hyper-V server.
+Although a
+.Fx
+guest can access network devices using Hyper-V's
+full emulation mode, the performance in this mode tends to be unsatisfactory.
+.Pp
+To counter the above issues, the
+.Nm
+driver implements a network
+Virtual
+Service Consumer (VSC) that relays network requests from the guest partition
+to the network Virtual Service Provider (VSP) hosted in the root partition
+using the high performance data exchange infrastructure provided by
+.Xr hv_vmbus 4
+driver.
+The VSP in the root partition then forwards the network related requests to
+the physical network card.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr hv_vmbus 4 ,
+.Xr hv_utils 4 ,
+.Xr hv_storvsc 4 ,
+.Xr hv_ata_pci_disengage 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+Support for
+.Nm
+first appeared in
+.Fx 10.0 .
+The driver was developed through a joint effort between Citrix Incorporated,
+Microsoft Corporation, and Network Appliance Incorporated.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+.Fx
+support for
+.Nm
+was first added by
+.An Microsoft BSD Integration Services Team Aq bsdic at microsoft.com .
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/hv_netvsc.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/hv_storvsc.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/hv_storvsc.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/hv_storvsc.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/hv_storvsc.4 263330 2014-03-19 01:43:03Z gjb $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 Microsoft Corp.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd September 10, 2013
+.Dt HYPER-V 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm hv_storvsc
+.Nd Hyper-V Storage Virtual Service Consumer
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+To compile this driver into the kernel, place the following lines in
+the system kernel configuration file:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd "device hyperv"
+.Ed
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+driver implements the virtual store device for
+.Fx
+guest
+partitions running on Hyper-V.
+.Fx
+guest partitions running on Hyper-V do not have direct access to
+storage devices attached to the Hyper-V server.
+Although a
+.Fx
+guest can access storage devices using Hyper-V's
+full emulation mode, the performance in this mode tends to be unsatisfactory.
+.Pp
+To counter the above issues, the
+.Nm
+driver implements a storage
+Virtual
+Service Consumer (VSC) that relays storage requests from the guest partition
+to the storage Virtual Service Provider (VSP) hosted in the root partition
+using the high performance data exchange infrastructure provided by
+.Xr hv_vmbus 4
+driver.
+The VSP in the root partition then forwards the storage related requests to
+the physical storage device.
+.Pp
+This driver functions by presenting a SCSI HBA interface to the Comman Access
+Method (CAM) layer.
+CAM control blocks (CCBs) are
+converted into VSCSI protocol messages which are delivered to the root
+partition VSP over the Hyper-V VMBus.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr hv_vmbus 4 ,
+.Xr hv_utils 4 ,
+.Xr hv_netvsc 4 ,
+.Xr hv_ata_pci_disengage 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+Support for
+.Nm
+first appeared in
+.Fx 10.0 .
+The driver was developed through a joint effort between Citrix Incorporated,
+Microsoft Corporation, and Network Appliance Incorporated.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+.Fx
+support for
+.Nm
+was first added by
+.An Microsoft BSD Integration Services Team Aq bsdic at microsoft.com .
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/hv_storvsc.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/hv_utils.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/hv_utils.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/hv_utils.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/hv_utils.4 263330 2014-03-19 01:43:03Z gjb $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 Microsoft Corp.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd September 10, 2013
+.Dt HYPER-V 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm hv_utils
+.Nd Hyper-V Utilities Driver
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+To compile this driver into the kernel, place the following lines in
+the system kernel configuration file:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd "device hyperv"
+.Ed
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+driver provides time keeping, shutdown and heartbeat
+functionality for
+.Fx
+guest partitions running on Hyper-V.
+Hyper-V is a hypervisor-based virtualization technology from Microsoft.
+The
+.Nm
+driver is one of the core drivers required to be present in guest
+partitions running on Hyper-V.
+This driver provides the following
+functionalities to guest partitions:
+.Pp
+(a) Time Keeping: The clock inside the guest partition will remain accurate by
+synchronizing to the clock on the virtualization server via Timesync service,
+and with the help of the pluggable time source device.
+.Pp
+(b) Integrated shutdown: Guest partitions running
+.Fx
+can be shut down from
+Hyper-V Manager console by using the
+.Qq Shut down
+command.
+.Pp
+(c) Heartbeat: This feature allows the virtualization server to detect whether
+the guest partition is running and responsive.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr hv_vmbus 4 ,
+.Xr hv_netvsc 4 ,
+.Xr hv_storvsc 4 ,
+.Xr hv_ata_pci_disengage 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+Support for
+.Nm
+first appeared in
+.Fx 10.0 .
+The driver was developed through a joint effort between Citrix Incorporated,
+Microsoft Corporation, and Network Appliance Incorporated.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+.Fx
+support for
+.Nm
+was first added by
+.An Microsoft BSD Integration Services Team Aq bsdic at microsoft.com .
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/hv_utils.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/hv_vmbus.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/hv_vmbus.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/hv_vmbus.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/hv_vmbus.4 309317 2016-11-30 07:51:46Z dexuan $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 Microsoft Corp.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd September 10, 2013
+.Dt HYPER-V 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm hv_vmbus
+.Nd Hyper-V Virtual Machine Bus (VMBus) Driver
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+To compile this driver into the kernel, place the following lines in
+the system kernel configuration file:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd "device hyperv"
+.Cd "device pci"
+.Ed
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+provides a high performance communication interface between
+guest and root partitions in Hyper-V.
+Hyper-V is a hypervisor-based virtualization technology from Microsoft.
+Hyper-V supports isolation in terms of a partition.
+A partition is a
+logical unit of isolation, supported by the hypervisor, in which
+operating systems execute.
+.Pp
+The Microsoft hypervisor must have at least one parent, or root,
+partition, running Windows Server operating system.
+The virtualization stack runs in the parent partition and has
+direct access to the hardware devices.
+The root partition then creates the child partitions which host
+the guest operating systems.
+.Pp
+Child partitions do not have direct access to other hardware resources
+and are presented
+a virtual view of the resources, as virtual devices (VDevs).
+Requests to the virtual devices are
+redirected either via the VMBus or the hypervisor to the devices in
+the parent partition, which handles the requests.
+.Pp
+The VMBus is a logical inter-partition communication channel.
+The parent partition hosts Virtualization Service Providers (VSPs)
+which communicate over the VMBus to handle device access requests from
+child partitions.
+Child partitions host Virtualization Service
+Consumers (VSCs) which redirect device requests to VSPs in the parent
+partition via the VMBus.
+The Hyper-V VMBus driver defines and implements
+the interface that facilitate high performance bi-directional communication
+between the VSCs and VSPs.
+All VSCs utilize the VMBus driver.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr hv_utils 4 ,
+.Xr hv_netvsc 4 ,
+.Xr hv_storvsc 4 ,
+.Sh HISTORY
+Support for
+.Nm
+first appeared in
+.Fx 10.0 .
+The driver was developed through a joint effort between Citrix Incorporated,
+Microsoft Corporation, and Network Appliance Incorporated.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+.Fx
+support for
+.Nm
+was first added by
+.An Microsoft BSD Integration Services Team Aq bsdic at microsoft.com .
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/hv_vmbus.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/share/man/man4/hv_vss.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/hv_vss.4 (rev 0)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/hv_vss.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" Copyright (c) 2016 Microsoft Corp.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/hv_vss.4 310735 2016-12-29 05:32:34Z sephe $
+.Dd October 12, 2016
+.Dt HV_VSS 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm hv_vss
+.Nd Hyper-V Volume Shadow Copy Service API
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In dev/hyperv/hv_snapshot.h
+.Bd -literal
+#define VSS_SUCCESS 0x00000000
+#define VSS_FAIL 0x00000001
+
+enum hv_vss_op_t {
+ HV_VSS_NONE = 0,
+ HV_VSS_CHECK,
+ HV_VSS_FREEZE,
+ HV_VSS_THAW,
+ HV_VSS_COUNT
+};
+
+struct hv_vss_opt_msg {
+ uint32_t opt; /* operation */
+ uint32_t status; /* 0 for success, 1 for error */
+ uint64_t msgid; /* an ID used to identify the transaction */
+ uint8_t reserved[48]; /* reserved values are all zeroes */
+};
+.Ed
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The freeze or thaw functionality of application is important to guarantee
+the application consistent backup. On windows platform, VSS is defined to do
+live backup. But for VM guest running on Hyper-V, the corresponding VSS is
+not defined yet. For example, a running database server instance, it knows when the
+applications' freeze/thaw should start or finish. But it is not aware of
+the freeze/thaw notification from Hyper-V host. The
+.Nm
+is designed to notify application freeze/thaw request.
+Thus, it plays a role of broker to forward the freeze/thaw command from Hyper-V host
+to userland application if it registered VSS service on
+.Fx
+VM, and sends the result back to Hyper-V host.
+.Pp
+Generally,
+.Xr hv_vss_daemon 8
+takes the responsiblity to freeze/thaw UFS file system,
+and it is automatically launched after system boots. When Hyper-V host wants to
+take a snapshot of the
+.Fx
+VM, it will first send VSS capability check to
+.Fx
+VM. The
+.Nm
+received the request and forward the request to userland application if it is
+registered. Only after
+.Nm
+received the VSS_SUCCESS response from application, the
+.Xr hv_vss_daemon 8
+will be informed to check whether file system freeze/thaw is supported. Any error
+occurs during this period,
+.Nm
+will inform Hyper-V host that VSS is not supported. In addition, there is a default
+timeout limit before sending response to Hyper-V host.
+If the total response time from application and
+.Xr hv_vss_daemon 8
+exceeds this value, timeout
+will occurs and VSS unsupported is responsed to Hyper-V host.
+.Pp
+After Hyper-V host confirmed the
+.Fx
+VM supports VSS, it will send freeze request to VM, and
+.Nm
+will first forward it to application. After application finished freezing, it should
+inform
+.Nm
+and file system level freezing will be triggered by
+.Xr hv_vss_daemon 8 . After all freezing
+on both application and
+.Xr hv_vss_daemon 8
+were finished, the
+.Nm
+will inform Hyper-V host that freezing is done. Of course, there is a timeout limit as
+same as VSS capability is set to make sure freezing on
+.Fx
+VM is not hang. If there is any error occurs or timeout happened, the freezing is failed
+on Hyper-V side.
+.Pp
+Hyper-V host will send thaw request after taking the snapshot, typically, this period is
+very short in order not to block the running application.
+.Nm
+firstly thaw the file system by notifying
+.Xr hv_vss_daemon 8 ,
+then notifies user registered
+application. There is also a timeout check before sending response to Hyper-V host.
+.Pp
+All the default timeout limit used in VSS capability check, freeze or thaw is the same.
+It is 15 seconds currently.
+.Sh NOTES
+.Nm
+only support UFS currently. If any of file system partition is non UFS, the VSS capability
+check will fail. If application does not register VSS,
+.Nm
+only support backup for file system level consistent. The device should be closed before it
+was opened again. If you want to simultaneously open "/dev/hv_appvss_dev" two or more times,
+an error (-1) will be returned, and errno was set.
+.Pp
+If
+.Xr hv_vss_daemon 8
+was killed after system boots, the VSS functionality will not work.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+The following is a complete example which does nothing except for waiting 2 seconds when
+receiving those notifications from
+.Nm
+.Bd -literal
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/ucred.h>
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <poll.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <syslog.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <sys/ioccom.h>
+#include <dev/hyperv/hv_snapshot.h>
+
+#define UNDEF_FREEZE_THAW (0)
+#define FREEZE (1)
+#define THAW (2)
+#define CHECK (3)
+
+#define VSS_LOG(priority, format, args...) do { \\
+ if (is_debugging == 1) { \\
+ if (is_daemon == 1) \\
+ syslog(priority, format, ## args); \\
+ else \\
+ printf(format, ## args); \\
+ } else { \\
+ if (priority < LOG_DEBUG) { \\
+ if (is_daemon == 1) \\
+ syslog(priority, format, ## args); \\
+ else \\
+ printf(format, ## args); \\
+ } \\
+ } \\
+ } while(0)
+
+#define CHECK_TIMEOUT 1
+#define CHECK_FAIL 2
+#define FREEZE_TIMEOUT 1
+#define FREEZE_FAIL 2
+#define THAW_TIMEOUT 1
+#define THAW_FAIL 2
+
+static int is_daemon = 1;
+static int is_debugging = 0;
+static int simu_opt_waiting = 2; // seconds
+
+#define GENERIC_OPT(TIMEOUT, FAIL) \\
+ do { \\
+ sleep(simu_opt_waiting); \\
+ if (opt == CHECK_TIMEOUT) { \\
+ sleep(simu_opt_waiting * 10); \\
+ VSS_LOG(LOG_INFO, "%s timeout simulation\\n", \\
+ __func__); \\
+ return (0); \\
+ } else if (opt == CHECK_FAIL) { \\
+ VSS_LOG(LOG_INFO, "%s failure simulation\\n", \\
+ __func__); \\
+ return (CHECK_FAIL); \\
+ } else { \\
+ VSS_LOG(LOG_INFO, "%s success simulation\\n", \\
+ __func__); \\
+ return (0); \\
+ } \\
+ } while (0)
+
+static int
+check(int opt)
+{
+ GENERIC_OPT(CHECK_TIMEOUT, CHECK_FAIL);
+}
+
+static int
+freeze(int opt)
+{
+ GENERIC_OPT(FREEZE_TIMEOUT, FREEZE_FAIL);
+}
+
+static int
+thaw(int opt)
+{
+ GENERIC_OPT(THAW_TIMEOUT, THAW_FAIL);
+}
+
+static void usage(const char* cmd) {
+ fprintf(stderr,
+ "%s -f <0|1|2>: simulate app freeze."
+ " 0: successful, 1: freeze timeout, 2: freeze failed\\n"
+ " -c <0|1|2>: simulate vss feature check"
+ " -t <0|1|2>: simulate app thaw."
+ " 0: successful, 1: freeze timeout, 2: freeze failed\\n"
+ " -d : enable debug mode\\n"
+ " -n : run this tool under non-daemon mode\\n", cmd);
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char* argv[]) {
+ int ch, freezesimuop = 0, thawsimuop = 0, checksimuop = 0, fd, r, error;
+ uint32_t op;
+ struct pollfd app_vss_fd[1];
+ struct hv_vss_opt_msg userdata;
+
+ while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "f:c:t:dnh")) != -1) {
+ switch (ch) {
+ case 'f':
+ /* Run as regular process for debugging purpose. */
+ freezesimuop = (int)strtol(optarg, NULL, 10);
+ break;
+ case 't':
+ thawsimuop = (int)strtol(optarg, NULL, 10);
+ break;
+ case 'c':
+ checksimuop = (int)strtol(optarg, NULL, 10);
+ break;
+ case 'd':
+ is_debugging = 1;
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+ is_daemon = 0;
+ break;
+ case 'h':
+ default:
+ usage(argv[0]);
+ exit(0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ openlog("APPVSS", 0, LOG_USER);
+ /* Become daemon first. */
+ if (is_daemon == 1)
+ daemon(1, 0);
+ else
+ VSS_LOG(LOG_DEBUG, "Run as regular process.\\n");
+
+ VSS_LOG(LOG_INFO, "HV_VSS starting; pid is: %d\\n", getpid());
+
+ fd = open(VSS_DEV(APP_VSS_DEV_NAME), O_RDWR);
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ VSS_LOG(LOG_ERR, "Fail to open %s, error: %d %s\\n",
+ VSS_DEV(APP_VSS_DEV_NAME), errno, strerror(errno));
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ app_vss_fd[0].fd = fd;
+ app_vss_fd[0].events = POLLIN | POLLRDNORM;
+
+ while (1) {
+ r = poll(app_vss_fd, 1, INFTIM);
+
+ VSS_LOG(LOG_DEBUG, "poll returned r = %d, revent = 0x%x\\n",
+ r, app_vss_fd[0].revents);
+
+ if (r == 0 || (r < 0 && errno == EAGAIN) ||
+ (r < 0 && errno == EINTR)) {
+ /* Nothing to read */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (r < 0) {
+ /*
+ * For poll return failure other than EAGAIN,
+ * we want to exit.
+ */
+ VSS_LOG(LOG_ERR, "Poll failed.\\n");
+ perror("poll");
+ exit(EIO);
+ }
+
+ /* Read from character device */
+ error = ioctl(fd, IOCHVVSSREAD, &userdata);
+ if (error < 0) {
+ VSS_LOG(LOG_ERR, "Read failed.\\n");
+ perror("pread");
+ exit(EIO);
+ }
+
+ if (userdata.status != 0) {
+ VSS_LOG(LOG_ERR, "data read error\\n");
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ op = userdata.opt;
+
+ switch (op) {
+ case HV_VSS_CHECK:
+ error = check(checksimuop);
+ break;
+ case HV_VSS_FREEZE:
+ error = freeze(freezesimuop);
+ break;
+ case HV_VSS_THAW:
+ error = thaw(thawsimuop);
+ break;
+ default:
+ VSS_LOG(LOG_ERR, "Illegal operation: %d\\n", op);
+ error = VSS_FAIL;
+ }
+ if (error)
+ userdata.status = VSS_FAIL;
+ else
+ userdata.status = VSS_SUCCESS;
+ error = ioctl(fd, IOCHVVSSWRITE, &userdata);
+ if (error != 0) {
+ VSS_LOG(LOG_ERR, "Fail to write to device\\n");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ } else {
+ VSS_LOG(LOG_INFO, "Send response %d for %s to kernel\\n",
+ userdata.status, op == HV_VSS_FREEZE ? "Freeze" :
+ (op == HV_VSS_THAW ? "Thaw" : "Check"));
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr hv_vss_daemon 8 ,
+.Xr hv_utils 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+The daemon was introduced in October 2016 and developed by Microsoft Corp.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An -nosplit
+.Fx
+support for
+.Nm
+was first added by
+.An Microsoft BSD Integration Services Team Aq Mt bsdic at microsoft.com .
Property changes on: trunk/share/man/man4/hv_vss.4
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+MidnightBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/share/man/man4/hwpmc.4
===================================================================
--- trunk/share/man/man4/hwpmc.4 2018-07-09 23:29:18 UTC (rev 11739)
+++ trunk/share/man/man4/hwpmc.4 2018-07-09 23:29:32 UTC (rev 11740)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.\" $MidnightBSD$
.\" Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Joseph Koshy
.\" Copyright (c) 2007 The FreeBSD Foundation
.\" All rights reserved.
@@ -26,9 +27,9 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $MidnightBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD: stable/10/share/man/man4/hwpmc.4 242496 2012-11-02 22:03:39Z jimharris $
.\"
-.Dd September 22, 2008
+.Dd November 2, 2012
.Dt HWPMC 4
.Os
.Sh NAME
@@ -430,10 +431,10 @@
The number of log buffers used by
.Nm
for logging.
-The default is 16.
+The default is 64.
.It Va kern.hwpmc.nsamples Pq integer, read-only
The number of entries in the per-CPU ring buffer used during sampling.
-The default is 16.
+The default is 512.
.It Va security.bsd.unprivileged_syspmcs Pq boolean, read-write
If set to non-zero, allow unprivileged processes to allocate system-wide
PMCs.
More information about the Midnightbsd-cvs
mailing list